Move the assignment of board info to global data a bit early which is
safe,
so that ram details can be used to enable caches.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the RK3399-Q7, we need some flexibility (depending on the feature
set we include in the SPL stage and how large our SPI flash is) in
positioning the SPL payload (i.e. the FIT image containing U-Boot, ATF
and the M0 payload) in our SPI flash.
To avoid having to deal with this through different U-Boot images, we
introduce a the '/config/u-boot,spl-payload-offset' property node
allow it to override the default setting.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Similar to what blk_get_device_part_str() does, this patch makes
part_get_info_by_name() return the partition number in case of a match.
This is useful when the partition number is needed and not just the
descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Alex Deymo <deymo@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the Android image header format to the latest version published
in AOSP. The original code moved to a new repository, so this patch also
updates the reference to that path.
Signed-off-by: Alex Deymo <deymo@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adjust this function so that we can convert it to support CONFIG_DM_VIDEO
without a lot of code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The DM version of scsi_scan() is becoming a bit long, it can be split:
scsi_scan() iterates over the IDs and LUNs and for each id/lun pair calls
do_scsi_scan_one() to do the work of:
- detecting an attached drive
- creating the associated block device if a drive is found.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present fdt blob or argument address being passed to kernel is fixed at
compile time using macro CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR. FDT blob from
different media like nand, nor flash are copied to the address pointed
by the macro.
The problem is, it makes args/fdt blob compulsory to copy which is not required
in cases like for NOR Flash. This patch removes this limitation.
Signed-off-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
simpler to read
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
this makes it easier comparable to the double-buffered version
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
setup_flash_device selects one of two code paths depending on the driver
model being used (=CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH). env_relocate_spec only used
the non driver-model code path. I'm unsure why, either none of the
platforms that need relocation use the driver model, or - worse - the
driver model is not yet usable when relocating.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
copy&paste code found in single/double buffered code path
Signed-off-by: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
With 3f66149d9f we no longer have a common call fdt_fixup_ethernet.
This was fine to do on PowerPC as they largely had calls already in
ft_cpu_fixup. On ARM however we largely relied on this call. Rather
than introduce a large number of changes to ft_cpu_fixup /
ft_board_fixup we recognize that this is a common enough call that we
should be doing it in a central location. Do it early enough that we
can do any further updates in ft_cpu_fixup / ft_board_fixup.
Cc: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Cc: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Cc: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Cc: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw> (maintainer:NIOS)
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com> (maintainer:POWERPC MPC85XX)
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de> (maintainer:POWERPC PPC4XX)
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Joakim Tjernlund <Joakim.Tjernlund@infinera.com>
Fixes: 3f66149d9f ("Remove extra fdt_fixup_ethernet() call")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With DM_SCSI enabled, blk_create_devicef() is called with blkz = 0, leading
to a divide-by-0 exception.
scsi_detect_dev() can be used to get the required parameters (block size
and number of blocks) from the drive before calling blk_create_devicef().
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We might want to get information about the scsi device without initializing the partition.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is a cosmetic change. target and LUN have kind of the same role in
this function. One of them was passed as a parameter and the other was
embedded in a structure. For consistency, pass both of them as parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This fixes a regression caused by
commit 07b2b78ce4
dm: usb: Convert USB storage to use driver-model for block devs
which caused part_init to be called when it was not previously.
Without this patch, the following happens when a USB sd card reader is used.
=> usb start
starting USB...
USB0: Port not available.
USB1: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 1 for devices... 3 USB Device(s) found
scanning usb for storage devices... Device NOT ready
Request Sense returned 02 3A 00
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
This happens because dev_desc->blksz is 0.
Signed-off-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
This allows us to use the same DRAM init function on all archs. Add a
dummy function for arc, which does not use DRAM init here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Dummy function on nios2]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move U-Boot private data into a separate file. This
lets export fw_env.h to be used by external programs
that want to change the environment using the library
built in tools/env.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
aes.h is a too generic name if this file can
be exported and used by a program.
Rename it to avoid any conflicts with
other files (for example, from openSSL).
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
FIT support in the net boot case is much like the RAM boot case in that
we load our image to "load_addr" and pass a dummy read function into
"spl_load_simple_fit()". As the load address is no longer hard-coded to
the final execution address, legacy image loading will require load_addr
to be set correctly in the image header.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Under the plethora of #ifdefs, the xyzModem code hid this pearl:
static char *zm_out = (char *) 0x00380000;
This was only enabled when DEBUG is defined, so it's probably why it
went unnoticed for so long. No idea what platform had memory at that
exact location, but the this approach is extremely hacky.
Use a static buffer instead.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
spl_mmc.c calls mmc_initialize(). This symbol is provided in
drivers/mmc/mmc.c when CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC is enabled.
The sunxi Kconfig case is an oddball because it redefines
SPL_MMC_SUPPORT.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
[trini: Update arch/arm/cpu/armv8/zynqmp/Kconfig]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The default value of BOOTSTAGE_STASH_SIZE should be set to hexadecimal,
but an integer value is set. This fixes the BOOTSTAGE_STASH_SIZE number
from hexadecimal to integer.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
On ARM v7M, the processor will return to ARM mode when executing blx
instruction with bit 0 of the address == 0. Always set it to 1 to stay
in thumb mode.
Similar commit:
f99993c108
Author: Matt Porter <mporter@konsulko.com>
Date: Tue May 5 15:00:23 2015 -0400
common/cmd_boot: keep ARM v7M in thumb mode during do_go_exec()
Signed-off-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
ft_cpu_setup() already calls fdt_fixup_ethernet(), calling it
in image_setup_libfdt() is both redundant and breaks any modifications
done by ft_board_setup(). Restore the old behavior by removing
the call in image_setup_libfdt()
Fixes: 13d06981a9 ("image: Add device tree setup to image library")
Signed-off-by: Joakim Tjernlund <joakim.tjernlund@infinera.com>
SPL has been restricted to use only dev 0 based on the assumption that only
one MMC device is registered. This is not always the case and many
platforms now register several devices as expected by the spl mmc boot code
For those platform SPL_ENV_SUPPORT is broken if dev is forced to 0.
A word of warning: this commit may break SPL_ENV_SUPPORT on platforms that
do not register the same MMC controllers in SPL and in u-boot (mostly iMX6
based platforms). Fortunately none of those activate SPL_ENV_SUPPORT in
their default configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
The environment location is something that might change per board
(depending on what storage options are availaible there) or depending on
the user choice (when we have several options).
Instead of hardcoding it in our configuration header, create a Kconfig
choice with the options we use for now, and the symbols that depend on it.
Once done, also remove the irrelevant sunxi defines.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
With d53ecad92f some unused interrupt related code was removed.
However all of these options are currently unused. Rather than migrate
some of these options to Kconfig we just remove the code in question.
The only related code changes here are that in some cases we use
CONFIG_STACKSIZE in non-IRQ related context. In these cases we rename
and move the value local to the code in question.
Fixes: d53ecad92f ("Merge branch 'master' of git://git.denx.de/u-boot-sunxi")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These includes don't seem to be needed now. Drop them. Reserve the
mp.h header for PowerPC for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This header file is used by three archs. It could be used by all of them
since relocation is a common function. Move it into a generic file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This header file is used by two archs. It could be used by all of them
since it allows the cache to be on during relocation. Move it into a
generic file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't need this PPC-specific function in generic code. Move it to
the powerpc directory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Drop headers which are not used or needed in this file. The compiler.h
header is included by common.h.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
By making dram_init_banksize() return an error code we can drop the
wrapper. Adjust this and clean up all implementations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move the ugly #ifdefs inside the reserve_video() function so we can
collect all this init into one place.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The arch-specific details of the cache being off are best handled inside
the reserve_mmu(). This cleans up the init sequence a little.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR is really a detail of how this logbuffer is allocated
rather than whether to do it at all. So move the #ifdef into the function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All archs put U-Boot at the bottom of the relocated region. Xtensa does
not, but perhaps not for any good reason. Adjust it to see if things
still work OK.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we cannot use this function as an init sequence call without a
wrapper, since it returns the RAM size. Adjust it to set the RAM size in
global_data instead, and return 0 on success.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It looks like only cm5200 and tqm8xx use this feature, so we don't really
need it in generic code. Drop it and have the users access gd->board_type
directly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present we misuse print_cpuinfo() do so CPU init on x86. This is done
because it is the next available call after the console is enabled. But
several arches use checkcpu() instead. Despite the horrible name (which
we can fix), it seems a better choice.
Adjust the various x86 CPU implementations to move their init code into
checkcpu() and use print_cpuinfo() only for printing CPU info.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move these two function calls into checkcpu(), which is called on this
arch immediately after these two.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We don't need a special hook for sandbox as one of the later ones will do
just as well. We can print error messages about bad options after we
print the banner. In fact, it seems better.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Combine the conditions so this appears in the init list only once.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
More than half of the architectures use this function so let's make them
all use it.
For those which don't actually define it, we can rely on the weak function
in lib/time.c
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is no good reason to use a different name on PowerPC. Change it to
timer_init() like the others.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that both branches of the #if do the same thing, we can unify them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We really don't need to have a name like this in the generic init
sequence. Use the generic get_clocks() name so that we can merge these
two at some point.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We have two chunks of code which depend on this CONFIG options. There is
likely no need to keep them apart, so join them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
While x86 is the only user and this could in principle be moved to
arch_cpu_init() there is some justification for this being a separate
call. It provides a way to handle init which is not CPU-specific, but
must happen before the CPU can be set up.
Rename the function to be more generic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is no need to have this call in the generic init sequence and no
other architecture has needed it in the time it has been there. Move it
into sandbox's private code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add nand_size() function to move the nand size print into initr_nand().
Remove nand size print from nand_init() to allow other function to call
nand_init() without printing nand size.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The Raspberry Pi device tree files since Linux v4.9 have a "ethernet"
alias pointing to the on-board Ethernet device node. However,
U-Boot's fdt_fixup_ethernet() only looks at ethernet aliases ending
in digits.
As the spec doesn't mandate that aliases must end in numbers and there
have been much older uses of an "ethernet" aliases in the wild
(according to Tom Rini), change the code to accept "ethernet" as well.
Without this Linux isn't told of the MAC address provided by the
RPI firmware and the ethernet interface is always assigned a random MAC
address.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Certain boards come in different variations by way of utilizing daughter
boards, for example. These boards might contain additional chips, which
are added to the main board's busses, e.g. I2C.
The device tree support for such boards would either, quite naturally,
employ the overlay mechanism to add such chips to the tree, or would use
one large default device tree, and delete the devices that are actually
not present.
Regardless of approach, even on the U-Boot level, a modification of the
device tree is a prerequisite to have such modular families of boards
supported properly.
Therefore, we add an option to make the U-Boot device tree (the actual
copy later used by the driver model) writeable, and add a callback
method that allows boards to modify the device tree at an early stage,
at which, hopefully, also the application of device tree overlays will
be possible.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Calls to IS_ENABLED() on a non-y/n option will always be false, even
when set. We can correct this by adding a new bool value that is set
based on the conditions required for SPL_STACK_R_MALLOC_SIMPLE_LEN to be
set instead.
Fixes: 340f418acd ("spl: Add spl_early_init()")
Reported-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
---
Changes in v2:
- Fix thinko pointed out by Lokesh
Non-FIT SPL image loading support should be disabled for TI secure
devices as the image handlers for those image types do not follow
our secure boot flow.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a Kconfig option that enables Legacy image support, this allows
boards to explicitly disable this, for instance when needed for
security reasons.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Move to common/spl/Kconfig]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE causes SPL to abort and move on when it
encounters RAW images, express this same functionality as a positive
option enabling support for RAW images: CONFIG_SPL_RAW_IMAGE_SUPPORT
Also move uses of this to defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Rework Kconfig logic a little, move to common/spl/Kconfig]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This includes support for rk3188 from Heiko Stübner and and rk3328 from
Kever Yang. Also included is SPL support for rk3399 and a fix for
rk3288 to get it booting again (spl_early_init()).
At present malloc_base/_limit/_ptr are not initialised in spl_init() when
we call spl_init() in board_init_f(). This is due to a recent change aimed
at avoiding overwriting the malloc area set up on some boards by
spl_relocate_stack_gd().
However if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_MALLOC_SIMPLE_LEN is not defined, we now
skip setting up the memory area in spl_init() which is obviously wrong.
To fix this, add a new function spl_early_init() which can be called in
board_init_f().
Fixes: b3d2861e (spl: Remove overwrite of relocated malloc limit)
Signed-off-by: Eddie Cai <eddie.cai.linux@gmail.com>
Rewrote spl_{,early_}init() to avoid duplicate code:
Rewrite/expand commit message:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Eddie Cai <eddie.cai.linux@gmail.com>
For ARMv8 Layerscape SoCs, secure memory and MC memorey are reserved
at the end of DDR. DDR is spit into two or three banks. This patch
reverts commit aabd7ddb and simplifies the calculation of reserved
memory, and moves the code into common SoC file. Secure memory is
carved out first. DDR bank size is reduced. Reserved memory is then
allocated on the top of available memory. U-Boot still has access
to reserved memory as data transferring is needed. Device tree is
fixed with reduced memory size to hide the reserved memory from OS.
The same region is reserved for efi_loader.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Passing NULL to fs_read() for actread value results in hanging U-Boot
at least on our ARM plattform (TI AM335x). Since fs_read() and
following functions do not catch nullpointers, writing to 0x0 occurs.
Passing a local dummy var instead of NULL solves this issue.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Golder <jonathan.golder@kurz-elektronik.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Added SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_USE_PARTITION and
SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION to Kconfig.
Due to SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION being moved to
Kconfig the board defconfigs for db-88f6820-gp_defconfig
kc1_defconfig and sniper_defconfig need to be updated.
Signed-off-by: Dalon Westergreen <dwesterg@gmail.com>
the socfpga bootrom supports mmc booting from either a raw image
starting at 0x0, or from a partition of type 0xa2. This patch
adds support for locating the boot image in the first type 0xa2
partition found.
Assigned a partition number of -1 will cause a search for a
partition of type CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION_TYPE
and use it to find the u-boot image
Signed-off-by: Dalon Westergreen <dwesterg@gmail.com>
The whole of common/flash.c is guarded by #if defined() ... #endif.
Move the conditional to common/Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
We repeated partial moves for CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH, but this is
not completed. Finish this work by the tool.
During this move, let's rename it to CONFIG_MTD_NOR_FLASH.
Actually, we have more instances of "#ifndef CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH"
than those of "#ifdef CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH". Flipping the logic will
make the code more readable. Besides, negative meaning symbols do
not fit in obj-$(CONFIG_...) style Makefiles.
This commit was created as follows:
[1] Edit "default n" to "default y" in the config entry in
common/Kconfig.
[2] Run "tools/moveconfig.py -y -r HEAD SYS_NO_FLASH"
[3] Rename the instances in defconfigs by the following:
find . -path './configs/*_defconfig' | xargs sed -i \
-e '/CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH=y/d' \
-e 's/# CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH is not set/CONFIG_MTD_NOR_FLASH=y/'
[4] Change the conditionals by the following:
find . -name '*.[ch]' | xargs sed -i \
-e 's/ifndef CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH/ifdef CONFIG_MTD_NOR_FLASH/' \
-e 's/ifdef CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH/ifndef CONFIG_MTD_NOR_FLASH/' \
-e 's/!defined(CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH)/defined(CONFIG_MTD_NOR_FLASH)/' \
-e 's/defined(CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH)/!defined(CONFIG_MTD_NOR_FLASH)/'
[5] Modify the following manually
- Rename the rest of instances
- Remove the description from README
- Create the new Kconfig entry in drivers/mtd/Kconfig
- Remove the old Kconfig entry from common/Kconfig
- Remove the garbage comments from include/configs/*.h
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The default values for the configuration defines CONFIG_ENV_SPI_xxx are
arbitrary values. It makes more sense to set them to the values used by
the sf command.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
fdt_fixup_mtdparts currently does nothing when partition info is
runtime-generated or compiled-in defaults are used.
Signed-off-by: Ladislav Michl <ladis@linux-mips.org>
Fix nits in commit message:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 674bb24982 ("net: cosmetic: Replace magic numbers in arp.c with
constants") introduced a nice define to replace the magic value 6 for
the ethernet hardware address. Replace more hardcoded instances of 6
which really reference the ARP_HLEN (iow the MAC/Hardware/Ethernet
address).
Signed-off-by: Olliver Schinagl <oliver@schinagl.nl>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The BSS region may overlap with relocations. If we clear BSS we will
overwrite the start of the relocation area. This doesn't matter when running
from SPI flash, since it is read-only. But when relocating 64-bit U-Boot
from one place in RAM to another, relocation will fail because some of its
relocations have been zeroed.
To fix this, put the ELF fixup call before the BSS clearing call.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since 'gd' is just a normal variable on 64-bit x86, it is relocated by the
time we get to board_init_r(). The old 'gd' variable is passed in as
parameter to board_init_r(), presumably for this situation.
Assign it on 64-bit x86 so that gd points to the correct data.
Options to improve this:
- Make gd a fixed register and remove the board_init_r() parameter
- Make all archs use this board_init_r() parameter
The second has a TODO in the code. The first has a TODO in a future commit
('x86: Support global_data on x86_64')
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These tables should be declared static const. Unfortunately the table in
board_r is updated on machines with manual relocation.
Update them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Adjust the code so that 64-bit startup works. Since we don't need to do CAR
changes in U-Boot proper anymore (they are done in SPL) we can simplify the
flow and return normally from board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add an option for building Platorm Controller Hub drivers in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a new Kconfig option to allow timer drivers to be used in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a new Kconfig option to allow RTC drivers to be used in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a new Kconfig option to allow PCI drivers to be used in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a new Kconfig option to allow CPU drivers to be used in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This currently fails silently. Add a debug message to aid debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
CONFIG_CONSOLE_MUX and CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV are not applicable
for SPL. Update the console code to use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(), so that these
options will be inactive in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The Boot ROM supports authentication feature to prevent malformed
software from being run on products. The signature is added at the
tail of the second stage loader (= SPL in U-boot terminology).
The size of the second stage loader was 64KB, and it was consistent
across SoCs. The situation changed when LD20 SoC appeared; it loads
80KB second stage loader, and it is the only exception.
Currently, CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO is set to 64KB and U-Boot proper is
loaded from the 64KB offset of non-volatile devices. This means the
signature of LD20 SoC (located at 80KB offset) corrupts the U-Boot
proper image.
Let's move the U-Boot proper image to 128KB offset. It uses 48KB
for nothing but padding, and we could actually locate the U-Boot
proper at 80KB offset. However, the power of 2 generally seems a
better choice for the offset address.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This reverts commit 8c36e99f21.
There is misunderstanding in commit 8c36e99f21 ("armv8: release
slave cores from CPU_RELEASE_ADDR"). How to bring the slave cores
into U-Boot proper is platform-specific. So, it should be cared
in SoC/board files instead of common/spl/spl.c. As you see SPL
is the acronym of Secondary Program Loader, there is generally
something that runs before SPL (the First one is usually Boot ROM).
How to wake up slave cores from the Boot ROM is really SoC specific.
So, the intention for the spin table support is to bring the slave
cores into U-Boot proper in an SoC specific manner. (this must be
done after relocation. see below.)
If you bring the slaves into SPL, it is SoC own code responsibility
to transfer them to U-Boot proper. The Spin Table defines the
interface between a boot-loader and Linux kernel. It is unrelated
to the interface between SPL and U-Boot proper.
One more thing is missing in the commit; spl_image->entry_point
points to the entry address of U-Boot *before* relocation. U-Boot
relocates itself between board_init_f() and board_init_r(). This
means the master CPU sees the different copy of the spin code than
the slave CPUs enter. The spin_table_update_dt() protects the code
*after* relocation. As a result, the slave CPUs spin in unprotected
code, which leads to unstable behavior.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
spl_init on some boards is called after stack and heap relocation, on
some platforms spl_relocate_stack_gd is called to handle setting the
limit to its value CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_MALLOC_SIMPLE_LEN when simple
SPL malloc is enabled during relocation. spl_init should then not
re-assign the old pre-relocation limit when this is defined.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This option should not really be user selectable. Note that on PowerPC
we currently only need BOARD_LATE_INIT when CHAIN_OF_TRUST is enabled so be
conditional on that.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com> (for UniPhier)
Move all of the status LED feature to drivers/led/Kconfig.
The LED status definitions were moved from the board configuration
files to the defconfig files.
TBD: Move all of the definitions in the include/status_led.h to the
relevant board's defconfig files.
Tested boards: CL-SOM-AM57x, CM-T335
Signed-off-by: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
Instead of disabling the data cache in the bootelf command, disabling
it in the do_bootm_qnxelf function.
Some ELF binary might want the cache enabled.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Vadot <manu@bidouilliste.com>
We can make the code read more easily here by simply using memset()
always as when we don't have an optimized version of the function we
will still have a version of this function around anyhow.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have long had available optimized versions of the memset and memcpy
functions that are borrowed from the Linux kernel. We should use these
in normal conditions as the speed wins in many workflows outweigh the
relatively minor size increase. However, we have a number of places
where we're simply too close to size limits in SPL and must be able to
make the size vs performance trade-off in those cases.
Cc: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@yahoo.fr>
Cc: Eric Jarrige <eric.jarrige@armadeus.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Magnus Lilja <lilja.magnus@gmail.com>
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Cc: Chander Kashyap <k.chander@samsung.com>
Cc: Akshay Saraswat <akshay.s@samsung.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These files are only included for build by the make system
when CONFIG_SPL_{EXT,FAT}_SUPPORT is enabled, remove the unneed
checks for these in the source files.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
IEC 80000-13:2008 Quantities and units
Part 13: Information science and technology
defines the prefixes to use for binary multiples.
So instead of writing
Data Size: 6726132 Bytes = 6568.49 kB = 6.41 MB
in dumpimage we should write
Data Size: 6726132 Bytes = 6568.49 KiB = 6.41 MiB.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In 35fc84f, bootm was refactored so plain 'bootm' and
'bootm <subcommand>' shared a common implementation.
The 'bootm ramdisk' command implementation is now part of the common
implementation but not invoke by plain 'bootm' since the original
implementation never did ramdisk relocation. Instead, ramdisk
relocation happened in image_setup_linux() which is typically called
during the OS portion of 'bootm'.
On ARM, parameters to the Linux kernel can either be passed by FDT or
ATAGS. When using FDT, image_setup_linux() is called which also triggers
ramdisk relocation. When using ATAGS, image_setup_linux() is _not_
called because it mostly does FDT setup.
Instead of calling image_setup_linux() in both FDT and ATAGS cases,
include BOOTM_STATE_RAMDISK in the requested states during a plain
'bootm' if CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH is set and remove the ramdisk
relocation from image_setup_linux(). This causes ramdisk relocation to
happen on any system where CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH regardless of
the OS being booted. Also remove IMAGE_ENABLE_RAMDISK_HIGH as it was
only used by the now-removed code from image_setup_linux().
Signed-off-by: Rick Altherr <raltherr@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
By enabling DM_USB information about number of storage devices
was lost.
Get this information back simply by printing number of devices detected
via BLK uclass.
For example:
scanning bus 0 for devices... 7 USB Device(s) found
scanning usb for storage devices... 3 Storage Device(s) found
scanning usb for ethernet devices... 0 Ethernet Device(s) found
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
When using ARMv8 with ARMV8_SPIN_TABLE=y, we want the slave cores to
wait on spin_table_cpu_release_addr, until the Linux kernel will "wake" them
by writing to that location. The address of spin_table_cpu_release_addr is
transferred to the kernel using the device tree that is updated by
spin_table_update_dt().
However, if we also use SPL, then the slave cores are stuck at
CPU_RELEASE_ADDR instead and as a result, never wake up.
This patch releases the slave cores by writing spl_image->entry_point to
CPU_RELEASE_ADDR location before the end of the SPL code
(at jump_to_image_no_args()).
That way, the slave cores will start to execute the u-boot and will get to
the spin-table code and wait on the correct address
(spin_table_cpu_release_addr).
Signed-off-by: Oded Gabbay <oded.gabbay@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new top-level config option so support booting an image stored
in RAM. This allows to move the RAM boot support into a sparate file
and having a single condition to compile that file.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
There is no CONFIG_OF_PLATDATA, only CONFIG_SPL_OF_PLATDATA, so rename
the two references to CONFIG_OF_PLATDATA to CONFIG_SPL_OF_PLATDATA.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
SPLASH_STORAGE_RAW is defined as 0, so a check against & will
never be true. These flags are never combined so do a check
against == instead.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable support for loading a splash image from within a FIT image.
The image is assumed to be generated with mkimage -E flag to hold
the data external to the FIT.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
New scan should unbind all block devices not to be listed again.
Without this patch if scsi reset or scan is called new block devices are
created which point to the same id and lun.
For example:
ZynqMP> scsi scan
scsi_scan: if_type=2, devnum=0: sdhci@ff170000.blk, 6, 0
scsi_scan: if_type=2, devnum=0: ahci@fd0c0000.id1lun0, 2, 0
scsi_scan: if_type=2, devnum=0: ahci@fd0c0000.id1lun0, 2, 1
scsi_scan: if_type=2, devnum=0: ahci@fd0c0000.id1lun0, 2, 2
scsi_scan: if_type=2, devnum=0: ahci@fd0c0000.id1lun0, 2, 3
scsi_scan: if_type=2, devnum=0: ahci@fd0c0000.id1lun0, 2, 4
scanning bus for devices...
Device 0: (1:0) Vendor: ATA Prod.: KINGSTON SVP200S Rev: 501A
Type: Hard Disk
Capacity: 57241.8 MB = 55.9 GB (117231408 x 512)
Reported-by: Ken Ma <make@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since entry_point and load_addr are addresses, they should be
represented as longs to cover the whole address space and to avoid
warning when compiling the SPL in 64-bit.
Also adjust debug prints to add the 'l' specifier, where needed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
When we want to use Secure Boot with HAB from SPL over U-Boot.img,
we need to append the IVT to the image and leave space for the CSF.
Images generated as firmware_ivt can directly be signed using the
Freescale code signing tool. For creation of a CSF, mkimage outputs
the correct HAB Blocks for the image.
The changes to the usual firmware image class are quite small,
that is why I implemented that directly into the default_image.
Cc: sbabic@denx.de
v2-Changes: None
Signed-off-by: Sven Ebenfeld <sven.ebenfeld@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Tested-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Stop boot process if fpga programming fails.
Without this patch boot process continues even if fpga programming
failed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All sata based drivers are bind and corresponding block
device is created. Based on this find_scsi_device() is able
to get back block device based on scsi_curr_dev pointer.
intr_scsi() is commented now but it can be replaced by calling
find_scsi_device() and scsi_scan().
scsi_dev_desc[] is commented out but common/scsi.c heavily depends on
it. That's why CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE is hardcoded to 1 and symbol
is reassigned to a block description allocated by uclass.
There is only one block description by device now but it doesn't need to
be correct when more devices are present.
scsi_bind() ensures corresponding block device creation.
uclass post_probe (scsi_post_probe()) is doing low level init.
SCSI/SATA DM based drivers requires to have 64bit base address as
the first entry in platform data structure to setup mmio_base.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The most of ethernet drivers are using this mdio registration sequence.
strcpy(priv->bus->name, "emac");
mdio_register(priv->bus);
Where driver can be used only with one MDIO bus because only unique
name should be used.
Other drivers are using unique device name for MDIO registration to
support multiple instances.
snprintf(priv->bus->name, sizeof(bus->name), "%s", name);
With DM dev->seq is used more even in logs
(like random MAC address generation:
printf("\nWarning: %s (eth%d) using random MAC address - %pM\n",
dev->name, dev->seq, pdata->enetaddr);
)
where eth%d prefix is used.
Simplify driver code to register mdio device with dev->seq number
to simplify mdio registration and reduce code duplication across
all drivers. With DM_SEQ_ALIAS enabled dev->seq reflects alias setting.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create a boot_from_devices() function to handle trying each device. This
helps to reduce the size of the already-large board_init_r() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to name each method so that we can print out this name when
using the method. Currently this happens using a separate function. In
preparation for unifying this, add a name to each method.
The name is only available if we have libcommon support (i.e can use
printf()).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The most of ethernet drivers are using this mdio registration sequence.
strcpy(priv->bus->name, "emac");
mdio_register(priv->bus);
Where driver can be used only with one MDIO bus because only unique
name should be used.
Other drivers are using unique device name for MDIO registration to
support multiple instances.
snprintf(priv->bus->name, sizeof(bus->name), "%s", name);
With DM dev->seq is used more even in logs
(like random MAC address generation:
printf("\nWarning: %s (eth%d) using random MAC address - %pM\n",
dev->name, dev->seq, pdata->enetaddr);
)
where eth%d prefix is used.
Simplify driver code to register mdio device with dev->seq number
to simplify mdio registration and reduce code duplication across
all drivers. With DM_SEQ_ALIAS enabled dev->seq reflects alias setting.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
---
For example:
Board: Xilinx Zynq
Net: ZYNQ GEM: e000b000, phyaddr 7, interface rgmii-id
Warning: ethernet@e000b000 (eth0) using random MAC address -
7a:fc:90:53:6a:41
eth0: ethernet@e000b000ZYNQ GEM: e000c000, phyaddr ffffffff, interface
rgmii-id
Warning: ethernet@e000c000 (eth3) using random MAC address -
1a:ff:d7:1a:a1:b2
, eth3: ethernet@e000c000
** Bad device size - mmc 0 **
Checking if uenvcmd is set ...
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Zynq> mdio list
eth0:
17 - Marvell 88E1111S <--> ethernet@e000b000
eth3:
17 - Marvell 88E1111S <--> ethernet@e000c000
Zynq>
All sata based drivers are bind and corresponding block
device is created. Based on this find_scsi_device() is able
to get back block device based on scsi_curr_dev pointer.
intr_scsi() is commented now but it can be replaced by calling
find_scsi_device() and scsi_scan().
scsi_dev_desc[] is commented out but common/scsi.c heavily depends on
it. That's why CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE is hardcoded to 1 and symbol
is reassigned to a block description allocated by uclass.
There is only one block description by device now but it doesn't need to
be correct when more devices are present.
scsi_bind() ensures corresponding block device creation.
uclass post_probe (scsi_post_probe()) is doing low level init.
SCSI/SATA DM based drivers requires to have 64bit base address as
the first entry in platform data structure to setup mmio_base.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Series-changes: 2
- Use CONFIG_DM_SCSI instead of mix of DM_SCSI and DM_SATA
Ceva sata has never used sata commands that's why keep it in
SCSI part only.
- Separate scsi_scan() for DM_SCSI and do not change cmd/scsi.c
- Extend platdata
Series-changes: 3
- Fix scsi_scan return path
- Fix header location uclass-internal.h
- Add scsi_max_devs under !DM_SCSI
- Add new header device-internal because of device_probe()
- Redesign block device creation algorithm
- Use device_unbind in error path
- Create block device with id and lun numbers (lun was there in v2)
- Cleanup dev_num initialization in block device description
with fixing parameters in blk_create_devicef
- Create new Kconfig menu for SATA/SCSI drivers
- Extend description for DM_SCSI
- Fix Kconfig dependencies
- Fix kernel doc format in scsi_platdata
- Fix ahci_init_one - vendor variable
Series-changes: 4
- Fix Kconfig entry
- Remove SPL ifdef around SCSI uclass
- Clean ahci_print_info() ifdef logic
The patch
"dm: spl: mmc: Support CONFIG_BLK in SPL MMC"
(sha1: 87bce4e5c0)
converted FAT part of spl_mmc_do_fs_boot() but forget to update also EXT
part by 's/&mmc->block_dev/mmc_get_blk_desc(mmc)/'.
This patch is fixing compilation error when CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After an image is selected out of a FIT blob for further processing we
run an optional, platform specific, post-processing function on this
component. This post-processing may modify the position and size of the
image, so after post-processing we update the location and size for this
image in the FIT header. This can cause problems as the position of
subsequent components in the FIT blob are only referenced by relative
position to the end of the last component. When we resize or move a
component the following components position will be calculated
incorrectly. To fix this, we do not update the FIT header but instead
only update our local understanding of the image data. This also allows
us to re-run post-processing steps if needed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Tested-by: Carlos Hernandez <ceh@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Add a new image type representing Trusted Execution Environment (TEE)
image types. For example, an OP-TEE OS binary image.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To help automate the loading of custom image types we add the ability
to define custom handlers for the loadable section types. When we find
a compatible type while loading a "loadable" image from a FIT image we
run its associated handlers to perform any additional steps needed for
loading this image.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit e2f88dfd2d ("libfdt: Introduce new ARCH_FIXUP_FDT option")
allows us to skip memory setup of DTB, but a problem for ARM is that
spin_table_update_dt() and psci_update_dt() are skipped as well if
CONFIG_ARCH_FIXUP_FDT is disabled.
This commit allows us to skip only fdt_fixup_memory_banks() instead
of the whole of arch_fixup_fdt(). It will be useful when we want to
use a memory node from a kernel DTB as is, but need some fixups for
Spin-Table/PSCI.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixed build error for x86:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is enabled, and spl_init() is called before
board_init_r(), spl_relocate_stack_gd() will move global_data to a new
place in memory. This affects driver model since it uses a list for the
uclasses. Unless this is updated the list will become invalid. When
looking for a non-existent uclass, such as when adding a new one, the loop
in uclass_find() may continue forever, thus causing a hang.
Add a function to correct this rather obscure bug.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since a platform conversion to generic board support has not been
accomplished some architecture specific bits are missing from board_f
init sequence, the change adds a number of basic expected callbacks
into early init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When blk_create_device() is called some parameters in blk_desc are
automatically filled. Separate SCSI private initialization and SCSI full
block device initialization not to rewrite already prepared data.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With DM_SCSI this function will return more than one return value to
cover errors.
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Several functions should be static because they are not exported to any
other file.
Warnings were reported by sparse C=1.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These functions are not called for any location.
This patch removes them scsi_trim_trail(), scsi_get_disk_count()
and scsi_setup_read6().
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no reason to directly point to static allocated array
when we have proper block_dev pointer available via parameter
in !CONFIG_BLK. For CONFIG_BLK this is read directly from uclass
platdata.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
pccb is pointer to temporary buffer which is used only for sending
command. Make it local as is done in scsi_read/scsi_write.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Prepare LUN(Logical unit number) directly in block description structure
and reuse it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The patch enables running detection algorithm on block device
description structure.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Extract block device initialization to specific function.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is confusing that mdio commands work and report phy id as
decimal value when mii is working with hex values.
For example:
ZynqMP> mdio list
gem:
21 - TI DP83867 <--> ethernet@ff0e0000
ZynqMP> mdio read ethernet@ff0e0000 0
Reading from bus gem
PHY at address 21:
0 - 0x1140
ZynqMP> mii dump 21 0
Incorrect PHY address. Range should be 0-31
...
ZynqMP> mii dump 15
0. (1140) -- PHY control register --
(8000:0000) 0.15 = 0 reset
U-Boot normally takes hex values that's why this patch is changing mdio
command to handle hex instead of changing mii command to handle decimal
values.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Make the spl_mmc_load_image() available globally, so it can be
invoked directly by SPL on extremely space-constrained systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add new configuration option CONFIG_MMC_TINY which strips away all
memory allocation within the MMC code and code for handling multiple
cards. This allows extremely space-constrained SPL code use the MMC
framework.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Enable initr_trap hook also for MIPS to install and enable
U-Boot's specific MIPS exception handlers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT is not defined there is a lone case statement
at the end of the switch leading to a compile error.
Remove the offending case statement.
| common/spl/spl_mmc.c:339:7: error: label at end of compound statement
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Introduce USB Gadget config option. This allows to combine Makefile
entries for SPL_USBETH_SUPPORT and SPL_DFU_SUPPORT.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
The DFU Kconfig menu entries should be part of the SPL
Kconfig file. Also avoid using the top level Makefile by
moving the config dependent build artifacts to the driver/
and driver/usb/gadget/ Makfiles.
With that, DFU can be built again in SPL if
CONFIG_SPL_DFU_SUPPORT is enabled.
Fixes: 6ad6102246 ("usb:gadget: Disallow DFU in SPL for now")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Some devices (e.g. dra7xx) support loading to RAM using DFU without
having direct boot from RAM support. Make sure the linker list
does not contain BOOT_DEVICE_RAM if CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE is not
enabled.
Fixes: 98136b2f26 ("spl: Convert spl_ram_load_image() to use linker list")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
This fixes the loop delay when using a hw watchdog.
In case a watchdog is used that accesses CPU registers,
the defined delay of 20us in a tight loop will cause a
huge delay in the actual timeout seen. This is caused
by the fact that udelay will inheritantly call WATCHDOG_RESET.
Together with the omap wdt implementation, the seen timeout increases up to
around 30s. This makes the loop very slow and causes long
delays when using the modem.
Instead, implement the 2 sec loop by using the timer interface to know
when to break out of the timeout loop. Watchdog kicking is taken care of
by getc().
Signed-off-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Commit d97dc8a0 separated the non-command code into its own file
which caused variable sata_curr_device can not be set to a correct
value.
Before commit d97dc8a0, variable sata_curr_device can be set
correctly in sata_initialize().
After commit d97dc8a0, sata_initialize() is moved out to its own file.
Accordingly, variable sata_curr_device is removed from sata_initialize()
too. This caused sata_curr_device never gets a chance to be set properly
which prevent other commands from being executed.
This patch sets variable sata_curr_device properly.
Fixes: d97dc8a0 (dm: sata: Separate the non-command code into its
own file)
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <yuantian.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make show_board_info() a weak function which allows for custom board
specific implementations thereof.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Drop CONFIG_CUSTOM_BOARDINFO as it is not Kconfig compliant and anyway
not really used anywhere plus the upcoming weak show_board_info()
approach seems much superior.
This reverts commit a9ad18c9d5.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Add check for FDT_MAGIC, otherwise also legacy images will be loaded as
a FIT. With this check in place, the loader works correct both
with legacy and FIT images.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Acked-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current code assumes that the devices are ordered corresponding to
their alias value. But (for example) video1 can come before video0 in the
device tree.
Correct this, by always looking for device 0 first. After that we can fall
back to finding the first available device.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While we move some config macros to Kconfig, kconfig header is needed
to avoid compiling error if not already included.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Commit ec6617c3 includes autoconf.h in image-fit.c, causing conflict
for board odroid-xu3 which overwrites CONFIG_SYS_BOARD in header
file. Move the include higher and use linux/kconfig.h instead of
generated/autoconf.h.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
To support loading a 32-bit OS, the execution state will change from
AArch64 to AArch32 when jumping to kernel.
The architecture information will be got through checking FIT image,
then U-Boot will load 32-bit OS or 64-bit OS automatically.
Signed-off-by: Ebony Zhu <ebony.zhu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Chenhui Zhao <chenhui.zhao@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Remove the need to explicitly add SHA/RSA pairings. Invalid SHA/RSA
pairings will still fail on verify operations when the hash length is
longer than the key length.
Follow the same naming scheme "checksum,crytpo" without explicitly
defining the string.
Indirectly adds support for "sha1,rsa4096" signing/verification.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Duda <aduda@meraki.com>
Signed-off-by: aduda <aduda@meraki.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cut down on the repetition of algorithm information by defining separate
checksum and crypto structs. image_sig_algos are now simply pairs of
unique checksum and crypto algos.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Duda <aduda@meraki.com>
Signed-off-by: aduda <aduda@meraki.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Padding verification was done against static SHA/RSA pair arrays which
take up a lot of static memory, are mostly 0xff, and cannot be reused
for additional SHA/RSA pairings. The padding can be easily computed
according to PKCS#1v2.1 as:
EM = 0x00 || 0x01 || PS || 0x00 || T
where PS is (emLen - tLen - 3) octets of 0xff and T is DER encoding
of the hash.
Store DER prefix in checksum_algo and create rsa_verify_padding
function to handle verification of a message for any SHA/RSA pairing.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Duda <aduda@meraki.com>
Signed-off-by: aduda <aduda@meraki.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support was already implemented, but not hooked up. This fixes several
fails in the test cases.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Coverity complains that this can overflow. If we later increase the size
of one of the strings in the table, it could happen.
Adjust the code to protect against this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 150964)
- Add DEFAULT_FDT_FILE kconfig entry
- Move CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE from include/configs to defconfigs
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_STDIO_DEREGISTER
This option should never be enabled in SPL, so use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SYS_STDIO_DEREGISTER) when checking the option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Re-sync]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Make this default n, re-run the migration]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
CONFIG_CONSOLE_MUX
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Re-order, re-migrate]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move these option to Kconfig and tidy up existing uses.
The Power PC boards don't have a suitable common element: the common header
files don't appear to line up with the Kconfig files as far as I can tell.
This results in a lot of defconfig changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
[trini: Re-migrate, update common/console.c logic]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Hardware: CM-FX6 Module from Compulab
This patch fixes unwanted watchdog resets while the user enters
a command at the U-Boot prompt.
As found on the CM-FX6 board from Compulab, when having enabled the
watchdog, a missing WATCHDOG_RESET call in common/console.c causes
this and alike boards to reset when the watchdog's timeout has
elapsed while waiting at the U-Boot prompt.
Despite the user could press several keys within the watchdog
timeout limit, the while loop in cli_readline.c, line 261, does only
call WATCHDOG_RESET if first == 1, which gets set to 0 in the 1st
loop iteration. This leads to a watchdog timeout no matter if the
user presses keys or not.
Although, this affects other boards as well as it touches
common/console.c, the macro WATCHDOG_RESET expands to {} if watchdog
support isn't configured. Hence, there's no harm caused and no need to
surround it by #ifdef in this case.
* Symptom:
U-Boot resets after watchdog times out when in commandline prompt
and watchdog is enabled.
* Reasoning:
When U-Boot shows the commandline prompt, the following function
call stack is executed while waiting for a keypress:
common/main.c:
main_loop => common/cli.c: cli_loop() =>
common/cli_hush.c:
parse_file_outer => parse_stream_outer =>
parse_stream => b_getch(i) =>
i->get(i) => file_get =>
get_user_input => cmdedit_read_input =>
uboot_cli_readline =>
common/cli_readline.c:
cli_readline => cli_readline_into_buffer =>
cread_line => getcmd_getch (== getc) =>
common/console.c:
fgetc => console_tstc
common/console.c:
(with CONFIG_CONSOLE_MUX is set)
- in console_tstc line 181:
If dev->tstc(dev) returns 0, the global tstcdev variable doesn't get
set. This is the case if no character is in the serial buffer.
- in fgetc(int file), line 297:
Program flow keeps looping because tstcdev does not get set.
Therefore WATCHDOG_RESET is not called, as mx_serial_tstc from
drivers/serial/serial_mxc.c does not call it.
* Solution:
Add WATCHDOG_RESET into the loop of console_tstc.
Note: Macro expands to {} if not configured, so no #ifdef is needed.
* Comment:
Signed-off-by: Christian Storm <christian.storm@tngtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas J. Reichel <Andreas.Reichel@tngtech.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move SYS_OS_BASE to Kconfig and cleanup existing
uses.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Also migrate a4m2k]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The signature for this macro has changed. Bring in the upstream version and
adjust U-Boot's usages to suit.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update to drivers/power/pmic/palmas.c:
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Change-Id: I6cc9021339bfe686f9df21d61a1095ca2b3776e8
These have now landed upstream. The naming is different and in one case the
function signature has changed. Update the code to match.
This applies the following upstream commits by
Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com> :
604e61e fdt: Add functions to retrieve strings
8702bd1 fdt: Add a function to get the index of a string
2218387 fdt: Add a function to count strings
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes devicetree nodes and or properties are added out of the u-boot
console, maybe through some script or manual interaction.
The devicetree as loaded or embedded is quite small, so the devicetree
has to be resized to take up those new nodes/properties.
In original the devicetree was only extended by effective
4 * add_mem_rsv.
With this commit we can add an argument to the "fdt resize" command,
which takes the extrasize to be added.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create a Kconfig entry for DISPLAY_BOARDINFO and make it be the default
in certain architectures. Migrate all config files.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Create a Kconfig entry for DISPLAY_CPUINFO and make it be the default
in certain architectures. Migrate all config files.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is already called earlier, from fdtdec_setup(), so drop this unnecessary
call from the init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present all video devices are probed on start-up. It would be better to
probe a device only when it is needed. This can happen if it is referenced
in the stdout environment variable, for example.
Add support for this by searching for a suitable device when needed, probing
it, and finding the stdio device it creates.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
By default saveenv option is not supported for SPL. This patch
enable the support for save environment variable for SPL build.
Enable save environment support in SPL after setenv. By default
the saveenv option is not provided in SPL, but some boards need
this support in 'Falcon' boot, where SPL need to boot from
different images based on environment variable set by OS. For
example OS may set "reboot_image" environment variable to
"recovery" inorder to boot recovery image by SPL. The SPL read
"reboot_image" and act accordingly and change the reboot_image
to default mode using setenv and save the environemnt.
Signed-off-by: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sig@chromium.org>
change in v1:
- dropped SUPPORT, use CONFIG_SPL_SAVEENV
- updates the comments in mmc_private.h
When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined and the default environment has
silent=1 it is not possible for a user to make the console un-silent if
the environment is not available when console_init_f() is called (for
example because the environment is in SPI).
Add a new helper function console_update_silent() and call it from both
console_init_f() and console_init_r().
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix various misspellings of:
* deprecated
* partition
* preceding,preceded
* preparation
* its versus it's
* export
* existing
* scenario
* redundant
* remaining
* value
* architecture
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is no need for this to be in the BSS region. By moving it we can delay
use of BSS in SPL. This is useful for machines where the BSS region is not
in writeable space. On 64-bit x86, SPL runs from SPI flash and it is easier
to eliminate BSS use than link SPL to run with BSS at a particular
cache-as-RAM (CAR) address.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the fat loader to avoid using the spl_image global variable.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the ext loader to avoid using the spl_image global variable.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rather than having a global variable, pass the spl_image as a parameter.
This avoids BSS use, and makes it clearer what the function is actually
doing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code. Update existing users.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code. We need two variants - one for BOOT_DEVICE_CPGMAC and one for
BOOT_DEVICE_USBETH.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code. Also set up the sunxi function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All the other SPL loaders are in this directory, so move the SPI one in
there too.
There are two board-specific SPI loaders (fsl and sunxi). These remain in
the drivers/mtd/spi directory, since they do not contain generic code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list declaration for this method and remove the explicit
switch() code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Include updating the DFU case]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a linker list macro which can be used to declare an SPL image loader.
Update spl_load_image() to search available loaders for the correct one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present some spl_xxx_load_image() functions take a parameter and some
don't. Of those that do, most take an integer but one takes a string.
Convert this parameter into a struct so that we can pass all functions the
same thing. This will allow us to use a common function signature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move this option to Kconfig and tidy up existing uses. Also add a function
comment to the header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Instead of using the global spl_image variable, pass the required struct in
as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Instead of using the global spl_image variable, pass the required struct in
as an argument.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rather than act on the global variable, pass the required struct in as a
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This format can be flashed directly at address 0 of
the NAND FLASH, as it contains all necessary headers.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD (3ADEV) <albert.aribaud@3adev.fr>
Move FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME and FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME into Kconfig.
Add dependency on the FASTBOOT_FLASH setting (also for FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME).
Remove the now redundant GPT_ENTRY_NAME.
Signed-off-by: Petr Kulhavy <brain@jikos.cz>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Steve Rae <steve.rae@raedomain.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Add FIXME about xxx_PARTITION needing to be in Kconfig]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add special target "mbr" (otherwise configurable via CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME)
to write MBR partition table.
Partitions are now searched using the generic function which finds any
partiiton by name. For MBR the partition names hda1, sda1, etc. are used.
Signed-off-by: Petr Kulhavy <brain@jikos.cz>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Steve Rae <steve.rae@raedomain.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
So far partition search by name has been supported only on the EFI partition
table. This patch extends the search to all partition tables.
Rename part_get_info_efi_by_name() to part_get_info_by_name(), move it from
part_efi.c into part.c and make it a generic function which traverses all part
drivers and searches all partitions (in the order given by the linked list).
For this a new variable struct part_driver.max_entries is added, which limits
the number of partitions searched. For EFI this was GPT_ENTRY_NUMBERS.
Similarly the limit is defined for DOS, ISO, MAC and AMIGA partition tables.
Signed-off-by: Petr Kulhavy <brain@jikos.cz>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Steve Rae <steve.rae@raedomain.com>
This bug appears in b6396403 which makes u-boot unable to pass
arguments via bootm to a standalone application without this patch.
Steps to reproduce.
Compile a u-boot. Use mkimage to package the standalone hello_world.bin
file.
e.g. For the MIPS Boston platform
mkimage -n "hello" -A mips -O u-boot -C none -T standalone \
-a 0xffffffff80200000 -d hello_world.bin \
-ep 0xffffffff80200000 hello_out
Then tftp hello_out and run it using
boston # dhcp 192.168.154.45:hello_out
...
boston # bootm $loadaddr 123 321
Without the patch the following output is observed.
boston # bootm $loadaddr 123 321
Image Name: hello
Image Type: MIPS U-Boot Standalone Program (uncompressed)
Data Size: 1240 Bytes = 1.2 KiB
Load Address: 80200000
Entry Point: 80200000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
Loading Standalone Program ... OK
Example expects ABI version 8
Actual U-Boot ABI version 8
Hello World
argc = 0
argv[0] = "0xffffffff88000000"
With the patch, you see the following.
boston # bootm $loadaddr 123 321
Image Name: hello
Image Type: MIPS U-Boot Standalone Program (uncompressed)
Data Size: 1240 Bytes = 1.2 KiB
Load Address: 80200000
Entry Point: 80200000
Verifying Checksum ... OK
Loading Standalone Program ... OK
Example expects ABI version 8
Actual U-Boot ABI version 8
Hello World
argc = 3
argv[0] = "0xffffffff88000000"
argv[1] = "123"
argv[2] = "321"
argv[3] = "<NULL>"
Without the patch, the go command at the entry point seems to work.
boston # go 0xffffffff80200000 123 321
Example expects ABI version 8
Actual U-Boot ABI version 8
Hello World
argc = 3
argv[0] = "0xffffffff80200000"
argv[1] = "123"
argv[2] = "321"
argv[3] = "<NULL>"
Hit any key to exit ...
Signed-off-by: Zubair Lutfullah Kakakhel <Zubair.Kakakhel@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Without this, if g_dnl_register() fails, DFU code continues on
blindly and crashes. This fix makes it simply print an error
message instead.
Signed-off-by: Sanchayan Maity <maitysanchayan@gmail.com>
[l.majewski@samsung.com - some manual tweaks needed]
The cmd_dfu functionality is been used by both SPL and
u-boot, saperating the core dfu functionality moving
it to common/dfu.c.
Signed-off-by: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Traditionally the DFU support is available only
as part 2nd stage boot loader(u-boot) and DFU
is not supported in SPL.
The SPL-DFU feature is useful for boards which
does not have MMC/SD, ethernet boot mechanism
to boot the board and only has USB inteface.
This patch add DFU support in SPL with RAM
memory device support to load and execute u-boot.
And then leverage full functionality DFU in
u-boot to flash boot inital binary images to
factory or bare-metal boards to memory devices
like SPI, eMMC, MMC/SD card using USB interface.
This SPL-DFU support can be enabled through
Menuconfig->Boot Images->Enable SPL-DFU support
Signed-off-by: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now, arch/${ARCH}/include/asm/errno.h and include/linux/errno.h have
the same content. (both just wrap <asm-generic/errno.h>)
Replace all include directives for <asm/errno.h> with <linux/errno.h>.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[trini: Fixup include/clk.]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Commit bac17b78da ("image-fit: switch ENOLINK to ENOENT") changed
fit_get_node_from_config to return -ENOENT when a property doesn't
exist, but didn't change any of its callers which check return values.
Notably it didn't change boot_get_ramdisk, which leads to U-Boot failing
to boot FIT images which don't include ramdisks with the following
message:
Ramdisk image is corrupt or invalid
It also didn't take into account that by returning -ENOENT to denote the
lack of a property we lost the ability to determine from the return
value of fit_get_node_from_config whether it was the property or the
configuration node that was missing, which may potentially lead callers
to accept invalid FIT images.
Fix this by having fit_get_node_from_config return -EINVAL when the
configuration node isn't found and -ENOENT when the property isn't
found, which seems to make semantic sense. Callers that previously
checked for -ENOLINK are adjusted to check for -ENOENT, which fixes the
breakage introduced by commit bac17b78da ("image-fit: switch ENOLINK
to ENOENT").
The only other user of the return fit_get_node_from_config return value,
indirectly, is bootm_find_os which already checked for -ENOENT. From a
read-through of the code I suspect it ought to have been checking for
-ENOLINK prior to bac17b78da ("image-fit: switch ENOLINK to ENOENT")
anyway, which would make it right after this patch, but this would be
good to get verified by someone who knows this x86 code or is able to
test it.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Tested-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Currently we have a mismash of architectures which use arch_cpu_init
from architecture-wide code (arc, avr32, blackfin, mips, nios2, xtensa)
and architectures which use arch_cpu_init from machine/SoC level code
(arm, x86).
In order to clean this mess up & allow for both use cases, introduce a
new mach_cpu_init callback which is run immediately after arch_cpu_init.
This will allow for architectures to have arch-wide code without needing
individual machines to all implement their own arch_cpu_init with a call
to some common function.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the config IDENT_STRING to Kconfig and migrate all boards
[sivadur: Migrate zynq boards]
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
[trini: Update configs, add some default to sunxi Kconfig]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some of the SPL options have TPL equivalents. Add these to Kconfig so that
we can convert these options over to work from Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are a lot of SPL options in U-Boot to enable various features and
drivers. Currently these do not use Kconfig. Add them to Kconfig along
with suitable help, and drop them from the README.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present TPL uses the same options as SPL support. In a few cases the board
config enables or disables the SPL options depending on whether
CONFIG_TPL_BUILD is defined.
With the move to Kconfig, options are determined for the whole build and
(without a hack like an #undef in a header file) cannot be controlled in this
way.
Create new TPL options for these and update users. This will allow Kconfig
conversion to proceed for these boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reworks spl_set_header_raw_uboot to allow having both os boot
(which comes with a valid header) and aborting when no valid header is
found (thus excluding raw u-boot.bin images).
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Commit 62afc60188 introduced fpga image load via
bootm but broke the OS check in fit_image_load().
This commit removes following compiler warning:
---8<---
In file included from tools/common/image-fit.c:1:
/Volumes/devel/u-boot/tools/../common/image-fit.c:1715:39: warning: use of logical '||' with constant operand [-Wconstant-logical-operand]
os_ok = image_type == IH_TYPE_FLATDT || IH_TYPE_FPGA ||
^ ~~~~~~~~~~~~
/Volumes/devel/u-boot/tools/../common/image-fit.c:1715:39: note: use '|' for a bitwise operation
os_ok = image_type == IH_TYPE_FLATDT || IH_TYPE_FPGA ||
^~
|
1 warning generated.
--->8---
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
When phy autoneg on, the link speed and duplex should be
determined by phy advertising register and
phy link partner ability register.
Check phy advertising register when geting phy link speed and
duplex if autoneg on.
Signed-off-by: Dongpo Li <lidongpo@hisilicon.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This improves the cread_line() function so that it will correctly
process the 'Home', 'End', 'Delete' and arrow key escape sequences
produced by various terminal emulators. This makes command line editing
a more pleasant experience.
The previous code only supported the cursor keys and the 'Home' key, and
only for certain terminal emulator configurations. This adds support for
the 'End and 'Delete' keys, and recognises a wider range of escape
sequences. For example, the left arrow key can be 'ESC O D' instead of
'ESC [ D', and the 'Home' key can be 'ESC [ H', 'ESC O H', 'ESC 1 ~' or
'ESC 7 ~', depending on what terminal emulator you use and how it is
configured.
Signed-off-by: James Byrne <james.byrne@origamienergy.com>
Changes for v2
- Explicitly initialize variable to avoid spurious compiler warning.
Changes for v3
- Remove unnecessary setting of 'act' to ESC_REJECT (now its default
value).
The bootz and booti commands rely on common functionality that is found
in common/bootm.c and common/bootm_os.c. They do not however rely on
the rest of cmd/bootm.c to be implemented so split them into their own
files. Have various Makefiles include the required infrastructure for
CONFIG_CMD_BOOT[IZ] as well as CONFIG_CMD_BOOTM. Move the declaration
of 'images' over to common/bootm.c.
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that nand_info[] is an array of pointers we need to ensure that it's
been populated prior to use. We may for example have ENV in NAND set in
configurations that run on boards with and without NAND (where default
env is fine enough, such as omap3_beagle and beagleboard (NAND) vs
beagle xM (no NAND)).
Fixes: b616d9b0a7 ("nand: Embed mtd_info in struct nand_chip")
Cc: Scott Wood <oss@buserror.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <oss@buserror.net>
The Xtensa processor architecture is a configurable, extensible,
and synthesizable 32-bit RISC processor core provided by Cadence.
This is the first part of the basic architecture port with changes to
common files. The 'arch/xtensa' directory, and boards and additional
drivers will be in separate commits.
Signed-off-by: Chris Zankel <chris@zankel.net>
Signed-off-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The cleanup of the legacy mii registration API that's no longer used now
that the drivers have been converted to use the (more) modern API.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The next patch will call fdt_translate_address() from somewhere with a
"const void *blob" rather than a "void *blob", so fdt_translate_address()
must accept a const pointer too. Constify the minimum number of function
parameters to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Squashed in build fix from Stephen:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit allows injecting a board/platform/device-specific post-
processing function into the FIT image data loading process, which can
include modifying the size and altering the starting source address of
an image data artifact. This might be desired to do things like strip
headers or footers attached to the images before they were packaged into
the FIT, or to perform operations such as decryption or authentication.
Introduce new configuration option CONFIG_FIT_IMAGE_POST_PROCESS to
allow controlling this feature. If enabled, a platform-specific post-
process function must be provided.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The devicetrees for various platforms already exceed 16k. Add a define
CONFIG_SYS_FDT_SIZE to specify the FDT size, and set to 16k for the
two boards that define this CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE parameter. This
allows platforms with larger devicetree blobs to boot from NOR.
Signed-off-by: Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl>
Add new Kconfig option to disable arch_fixup_fdt() calls for cases where
U-Boot shouldn't update memory setup in DTB file.
One example of usage of this option is to boot OS with different memory
setup than U-Boot use.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix up the call in mmc_load_image_raw_partition() to use the correct
function to obtain the MMC device, so that this code can support driver
model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Quite a few places have a bind() method which just calls dm_scan_fdt_dev().
We may as well call dm_scan_fdt_dev() directly. Update the code to do this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change introduces default_splash_locations which
simplifies splash recovery from the first partition of
USB/MMC/SATA drive.
Given usual mapping of the first partition of external media for
basic boot stuff like uImage/zImage, .dtb etc it looks quite
obvious option to put there splash.bmp as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Current implementation of splash_init_usb() requires usb_stor_scan()
which doesn't exist in case of DM_USB simply because real probing
happens right in usb_init().
So disable usage of usb_stor_scan() in case of DM_USB.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Robert Winkler <robert.winkler@boundarydevices.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In certain circumstances it comes in handy to be able to boot into a second
U-Boot. But as of now it is not possible to boot a U-Boot binary that is inside
a FIT image, which is problematic for projects that e.g. need to guarantee a
unbroken chain of trust from SOC all the way into the OS, since the FIT signing
mechanism cannot be used.
This patch adds the capability to load such FIT images.
An example .its snippet (utilizing signature verification) might look
like the following:
images {
firmware@1 {
description = "2nd stage U-Boot image";
data = /incbin/("u-boot-dtb.img.gz");
type = "firmware";
arch = "arm";
os = "u-boot";
compression = "gzip";
load = <0x8FFFC0>;
entry = <0x900000>;
signature@1 {
algo = "sha256,rsa4096";
key-name-hint = "key";
};
};
};
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In raw mode a full sector is to be read even if image covers part of
a sector. Number of sectors are calculated as ROUND_UP(size)/sec_size by FIT
framework. This calculation assumes that image is at the 0th offset of a sector,
which is not true always in FIT case. So, include the image offset while
calculating number of sectors.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Other payload than uImage is currently considered to be raw U-Boot
image. Check also for zImage in Falcon mode.
Signed-off-by: Ladislav Michl <ladis@linux-mips.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add support for loading from UBI volumes on the top of NAND
and OneNAND.
Signed-off-by: Ladislav Michl <ladis@linux-mips.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Move config option CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH as Kconfig
option. All the boards which needs to enable this
option can be done through defconfigs
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Make code 64bit aware.
Warnings:
+../arch/arm/lib/spl.c: In function ‘jump_to_image_linux’:
+../arch/arm/lib/spl.c:63:3: warning: cast to pointer from integer of
different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
+../common/spl/spl_fat.c: In function ‘spl_load_image_fat’:
+../common/spl/spl_fat.c:91:33: warning: cast to pointer from integer
of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When secure ram is used, MMU tables have to be put into secure ram.
To use common MMU code, gd->arch.tlb_addr will be used to host TLB
entry pointer. To save allocated memory for later use, tlb_allocated
variable is added to global data structure.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Secure_ram variable was put in generic global data. But only ARMv8
uses this variable. Move it to ARM specific data structure.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Allwinner devices support SPI flash as one of the possible
bootable media type. The SPI flash chip needs to be connected
to SPI0 pins (port C) to make this work. More information is
available at:
https://linux-sunxi.org/Bootable_SPI_flash
This patch adds the initial support for booting from SPI flash.
The existing SPI frameworks are not used in order to reduce the
SPL code size. Right now the SPL size grows by ~370 bytes when
CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUNXI option is enabled.
While there are no popular Allwinner devices with SPI flash at
the moment, testing can be done using a SPI flash module (it
can be bought for ~2$ on ebay) and jumper wires with the boards,
which expose relevant pins on the expansion header. The SPI flash
chips themselves are very cheap (some prices are even listed as
low as 4 cents) and should not cost much if somebody decides to
design a development board with an SPI flash chip soldered on
the PCB.
Another nice feature of the SPI flash is that it can be safely
accessed in a device-independent way (since we know that the
boot ROM is already probing these pins during the boot time).
And if, for example, Olimex boards opted to use SPI flash instead
of EEPROM, then they would have been able to have U-Boot installed
in the SPI flash now and boot the rest of the system from the SATA
hard drive. Hopefully we may see new interesting Allwinner based
development boards in the future, now that the software support
for the SPI flash is in a better shape :-)
Testing can be done by enabling the CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUNXI option
in a board defconfig, then building U-Boot and finally flashing
the resulting u-boot-sunxi-with-spl.bin binary over USB OTG with
a help of the sunxi-fel tool:
sunxi-fel spiflash-write 0 u-boot-sunxi-with-spl.bin
The device needs to be switched into FEL (USB recovery) mode first.
The most suitable boards for testing are Orange Pi PC and Pine64.
Because these boards are cheap, have no built-in NAND/eMMC and
expose SPI0 pins on the Raspberry Pi compatible expansion header.
The A13-OLinuXino-Micro board also can be used.
Signed-off-by: Siarhei Siamashka <siarhei.siamashka@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
When CONFIG_OF_PLATDATA is enabled, we cannot use the u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
device tree property since the device tree is not available. However,
dt-platdata.c only includes devices which would have been present in the
device tree, and we can assume that all such devices are needed for SPL.
If they were not needed, they would have been omitted to save space.
So in this case, bind all devices regardless of the u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
setting. This avoids needing to add a DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC to every driver,
thus affecting U-Boot proper also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The function fixup_silent_linux() is called in status BOOTM_STATE_LOADOS
to silence Linux if variable 'silent' is set.
Currently only the 'bootm' command state machine contains
BOOTM_STATE_LOADOS, but others like 'booti' or 'bootz' commands do not.
This means silent Linux does not work with these commands.
This patch moves the fixup_silent_linux() call out of the
BOOTM_STATE_LOADOS state and into BOOTM_STATE_OS_PREP, to silence Linux
independently of the used command (booti, bootm or bootz).
Signed-off-by: Hector Palacios <hector.palacios@digi.com>
At present sandbox exits when the 'bootm' command completes, since it is not
actually able to run the OS that is loaded. Normally 'bootm' failure is
considered a fatal error in U-Boot.
However this is annoying for tests, which may want to examine the state
after a test is complete. In any case there is a 'reset' command which can
be used to exit, if required.
Change the behaviour to return normally from the 'bootm' command on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Teddy Reed <teddy.reed@gmail.com>
Add generic functions which can look up information about a category:
- the number of items in the category
- the category description
- an item long time
- an item short time
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present the name is NULL, which prevents qsort() fromp being used. Use
the name "invalid" instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a table that contains the category name, the number of items in each
category and a pointer to the table of items. This will allow us to use
generic code to deal with the categories.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The next stage boot loader image and the selected FDT can be post-
processed by board/platform/device-specific code, which can include
modifying the size and altering the starting source address before
copying these binary blobs to their final destination. This might be
desired to do things like strip headers or footers attached to the
images before they were packaged into the FIT, or to perform operations
such as decryption or authentication. Introduce new configuration
option CONFIG_SPL_FIT_IMAGE_POST_PROCESS to allow controlling this
feature. If enabled, a platform-specific post-process function must
be provided.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Allred <d-allred@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This fixes the following compiler error:
common/fb_mmc.c: In function ‘fb_mmc_erase’:
common/fb_mmc.c:209:17: error: ‘struct blk_desc’ has no member named
‘block_erase’
Signed-off-by: Ziyuan Xu <xzy.xu@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case of DT boot, don't read default speed and mode for SPI from
CONFIG_*, instead read from DT node. This will make sure that boards
with multiple SPI/QSPI controllers can be probed at different
bus frequencies and SPI modes.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Move the bootdelay >= 0 check to the caller, which simplifies
the callees.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Factor out the same code from the callees to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Because abortboot_keyed() and abortboot_normal() are not compiled
at the same time, we can rename both of them to __abortboot().
This allows to drop #ifdef from the caller.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
As the help message of CONFIG_BOOTDELAY says, CONFIG_BOOTDELAY=-2
means the autoboot with no delay, with no abort check even if
CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined.
To sum up, the autoboot behaves as follows:
[1] CONFIG_BOOTDELAY=0 && CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK=y
autoboot with no delay, but you can abort it by key input
[2] CONFIG_BOOTDELAY=0 && CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK=n
autoboot with no delay, with no check for abort
[3] CONFIG_BOOTDELAY=-1
disable autoboot
[4] CONFIG_BOOTDELAY=-2
autoboot with no delay, with no check for abort
As you notice, [2] and [4] come to the same result, which means we
do not need CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK. We can control all the
cases only by CONFIG_BOOTDELAY, like this:
[1] CONFIG_BOOTDELAY=0
autoboot with no delay, but you can abort it by key input
[2] CONFIG_BOOTDELAY=-1
disable autoboot
[3] CONFIG_BOOTDELAY=-2
autoboot with no delay, with no check for abort
This commit converts the logic as follow:
CONFIG_BOOTDELAY=0 && CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK=n
--> CONFIG_BOOTDELAY=-2
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Christian Riesch <christian.riesch@omicronenergy.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
The same information now exists in common/Kconfig. Do not duplicate
documentation from the point of view of maintainability.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add CONFIG_{SD|NAND|ONENAND|SPI|QSPI|SATA}_BOOT kconfig entries.
SoCs supports loading U-Boot from different medias to DRAM, such as
i.MX6/7 supports loading U-Boot to DRAM from sd/emmc/nand/qspi/spi/sata
and etc. For i.MX, imximage will generate different IVT headers according
to boot medias.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Cc: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Francois Retief <fgretief@spaceteq.co.za>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Not only am335x supports booting from NOR, i.MX6 SoCs also
supports booting from NOR. Make NOR_BOOT a common
option to let different SoCs share it.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Francois Retief <fgretief@spaceteq.co.za>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- increase the size of the fill buffer
- testing has shown a 10x improvement when the sparse image
has large CHUNK_TYPE_FILL chunks
Signed-off-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
In order to process the CHUNK_TYPE_DONT_CARE properly, there is
a requirement to be able to 'reserve' a specified number of blocks
in the storage media. Because of the special handling of "bad blocks"
in NAND devices, this is implemented in a storage abstraction function.
Signed-off-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
- update fastboot_okay() and fastboot_fail()
This file originally came from upstream code.
While retaining the storage abstraction feature, this is the second
set of the changes required to resync with the
cmd_flash_mmc_sparse_img()
in the file
aboot.c
from
https://us.codeaurora.org/cgit/quic/la/kernel/lk/plain/app/aboot/aboot.c?h=LE.BR.1.2.1
Signed-off-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
This "session-id" alogrithm is not required, and currently corrupts
the stored image whenever more the one "session" is required.
Signed-off-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
The SPL code already knows which boot device it calls the spl_boot_mode()
on, so pass that information into the function. This allows the code of
spl_boot_mode() avoid invoking spl_boot_device() again, but it also lets
board_boot_order() correctly alter the behavior of the boot process.
The later one is important, since in certain cases, it is desired that
spl_boot_device() return value be overriden using board_boot_order().
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
[add newly introduced zynq variant]
Signed-aff-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
There is no more define of CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER. Rename some
remaining references and drop the backward compatible Kconfig entry.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
We already support iminfo for other images. The idea
of this patch is start to have a minimal support for
android image format. We still need to print id[] array
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit bb597c0eeb ("common: bootdelay: move CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
into a Kconfig option"), CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is defined for all boards.
Prior to that commit, it was allowed to unset CONFIG_BOOTDELAY to
not compile common/autoboot.c, as described in common/Makefile:
# This option is not just y/n - it can have a numeric value
ifdef CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
obj-y += autoboot.o
endif
It was a bit odd to enable/disable code with an integer type option,
but it was how this option worked before that commit, and several
boards actually unset it to opt out of the autoboot feature.
This commit adds a new bool option, CONFIG_AUTOBOOT, and makes
CONFIG_BOOTDELAY depend on it.
I chose "default y" for this option because most boards use the
autoboot. I added "# CONFIG_AUTOBOOT is not set" for the boards that
had not set CONFIG_BOOTDELAY prior to the bad commit.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Somehow this got overlooked when getting rid of nand_info.
Small patch, won't affect anything else, no reason to wait for the
next cycle.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Kubushyn <ksi@koi8.net>
On modern NAND it's more than recommended to have a backup copy of the
u-boot binary to recover from corruption: bitflips are quite common on
MLC NANDs, and the read-disturbance will corrupt your u-boot partitition
more quickly than what you would see on an SLC NAND.
Add an extra Kconfig option to specify the offset of the redundant u-boot
image.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
[scottwood: added ifdef to fix build break]
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <oss@buserror.net>
Correct the error message in spl_load_image_ext() when image parsing
fails. Instead of "ext4fs_read failed" print "failed to parse image
header".
Signed-off-by: Petr Kulhavy <brain@jikos.cz>
CC: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Remove redundant #if defined(CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT) statement around
getenv() calls in spl_load_image_ext_os().
The whole function is surrounded by #ifdef CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Petr Kulhavy <brain@jikos.cz>
CC: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Acked-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
The comments in the source file are riddled with spelling mistakes. Be
a good citizen and take a stab at cleaning up some of the more obvious
ones.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case we have restarted u-boot there is a chance that environment
buffer contains old environment (from the previous boot). If UBI volume
is zero size, ubi_volume_read() doesn't modify the buffer and exits
successfully.
We need to clear buffer manually before reading it from UBI, so the
invalid CRC will cause setting default environment in case that the UBI
volume is zero size.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Niestroj <m.niestroj@grinn-global.com>
Flushing part of the cache should be done on cache boundaries. Trying to
flush part of a cache line is not supported and the request may be ignored
or print warnings.
Adjust the bootm code to align the end address to prevent this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-on: smartweb, corvus, taurus, axm
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
This allows a board to configure verified boot within the SPL using
a FIT or FIT with external data. It also allows the SPL to perform
signature verification without needing relocation.
The board configuration will need to add the following feature defines:
CONFIG_SPL_CRYPTO_SUPPORT
CONFIG_SPL_HASH_SUPPORT
CONFIG_SPL_SHA256
In this example, SHA256 is the only selected hashing algorithm.
And the following booleans:
CONFIG_SPL=y
CONFIG_SPL_DM=y
CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT=y
CONFIG_SPL_FIT=y
CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL=y
CONFIG_SPL_OF_LIBFDT=y
CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE=y
Signed-off-by: Teddy Reed <teddy.reed@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
move CONFIG_BOOTDELAY into a Kconfig option. Used for this
purpose the moveconfig.py tool in tools.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Fixes:
=> ext2ls scsi 0:1
** Bad device scsi 0:1 **
for boards which use the scsi legacy driver (such as ls1043ardb).
Signed-off-by: Ed Swarthout <Ed.Swarthout@nxp.com>
Tested-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Setup flag when default environment are used to be able to
rewrite default distro boot variables based on SoC boot mode.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When no DTB can be matched successfully to the board that's being used
a list of available FIT-embedded DTBs will be output to the console for
diagnostic purposes. But rather than the contents of the "description"
FDT property a non-existent property was accessed and as a result "NULL"
was output instead of the actual name(s) of the DTB(s). Fix this issue
by using the correct property which is also the exact same property
that's used earlier during the actual board matching process.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
nand_info[] is now an array of pointers, with the actual mtd_info
instance embedded in struct nand_chip.
This is in preparation for syncing the NAND code with Linux 4.6,
which makes the same change to struct nand_chip. It's in a separate
commit due to the large amount of changes required to accommodate the
change to nand_info[].
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <oss@buserror.net>
Move CONFIG_USB_XHCI to defconfig files for all boards, renaming it
into CONFIG_USB_XHCI_HCD.
As commented in the help of "config USB_XHCI" entry, this has been
a TODO for a long time; now CONFIG_USB_XHCI_HCD and CONFIG_USB_XHCI
have been unified in favor of the former.
Note:
Some boards define CONFIG_USB_XHCI in their headers without
CONFIG_USB, which does not meet the "depends on" in Kconfig.
I added CONFIG_USB=y for those boards when converting.
Otherwise, they would fail to build.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Allow configuring the begining of the malloc_f area in SPL.
This patch uses the same CONFIG_MALLOC_F_ADDR established by
the sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the check for GD_FLG_SPL_INIT in spl_relocate_stack_gd().
The check will always fail. This is because spl_relocate_stack_gd()
is called from ARM's crt0.S and it is called before board_init_r().
The board_init_r() calls spl_init(), which sets the GD_FLG_SPL_INIT
flag.
Note that reserving the malloc area in RAM is not a problem even
if the GD_FLG_SPL_INIT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@denx.de>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
When loading fit header, it should be loaded to a previous address
aligned to ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN and not 8. Fixing the same.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
For odroid-c2 (arch-meson) for now disable designware eth as meson
now needs to do some harder GPIO work.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Conflicts:
lib/efi_loader/efi_disk.c
Modified:
configs/odroid-c2_defconfig
This provides a way to load a FIT containing U-Boot and a selection of device
tree files from UART.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Detect a FIT when loading from NAND and handle it using the
new FIT SPL support.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
[trini: Make sure we continue to use (void *)(unsigned long) for
load_addr].
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Detect a FIT when loading from a FAT File system and handle it using the
new FIT SPL support.
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This provides a way to load a FIT containing U-Boot and a selection of device
tree files from a File system. Making sure that all the reads and writes
are aligned to their respective needs.
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
[trini: Make this still apply with Michal's alignment change for 'fit']
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
sectors field is not being updated when reading fdt from fit image. Because of
this size_of(u-boot.bin) is being read when reading fdt. Fixing it by updating
the sectors field properly.
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This option is always enabled and is about to be removed. Drop references
to it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Allow this to be unset, such that gd->mon_len is invalid. This seems to be
what the sh architecture does.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If bl_len is not aligned it can caused a problem because another code
expects that start is aligned.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide some documentation for the fields of struct of_bus, for
consistency with that provided for the new match field.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support ISA busses in much the same way as Linux does. This allows for
ISA bus addresses to be translated, and only if CONFIG_OF_ISA_BUS is
selected in order to avoid including the code in builds which won't need
it.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add function boot_get_fpga() which find and load bitstream to
programmable logic if fpga entry is present.
Function is supported on Xilinx devices for full and partial bitstreams
in BIN and BIT format.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove additional blankline in image.h
Add FIT_FPGA_PROP that user can identify an optional
entry for fpga.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for the zynqmpimage to mkimage.
Only basic functionality is supported without encryption and register
initialization with one partition which is filled by U-Boot SPL.
For more detail information look at Xilinx ZynqMP TRM.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support loading FIT in SPL for RAM bootmode.
CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADRESS points to address where FIT image is stored
in memory.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Call this function before passing control from SPL.
For fpga case it is necessary to enable for example level shifters
when bitstream is programmed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The spl_parse_image_header() can return 0 and it is not an error.
Only treat non-zero return value as an error.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When FDT is not present in the image user doesn't get any error what's
wrong. Print error message if LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Seris-cc: uboot
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function returns an error code and its caller may be able to fix the
error. For example fit_handle_file() expands the device tree to fit if there
is a lack of space.
In this case the caller does not want an error displayed. It is confusing,
since it suggests that something is wrong, when it fact everything is fine.
Drop the error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 4f144a4164 "malloc: work around some memalign fragmentation
issues" enhanced memalign() so that it can succeed in more cases where
heap fragmentation is present. However, it did not solve as many cases
as it could. This patch enhances the code to cover more cases.
The alignment code works by allocating more space than the user requests,
then adjusting the returned pointer to achieve alignment. In general, one
must allocate "alignment" bytes more than the user requested in order to
guarantee that alignment is possible. This is what the original code does.
The previous enhancement attempted a second allocation if the padded
allocation failed, and succeeded if that allocation just happened to be
aligned; a fluke that happened often in practice. There are still cases
where this could fail, yet where it is still possible to honor the user's
allocation request. In particular, if the heap contains a free region that
is large enough for the user's request, and for leading padding to ensure
alignment, but has no or little space for any trailing padding. In this
case, we can make a third(!) allocation attempt after calculating exactly
the size of the leading padding required to achieve alignment, which is
the minimal over-allocation needed for the overall memalign() operation to
succeed if the third and second allocations end up at the same location.
This patch isn't checkpatch-clean, since it conforms to the existing
coding style in dlmalloc.c, which is different to the rest of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce the (optional) eeprom print and eeprom update commands.
These commands are eeprom layout aware:
* The eeprom print command prints the contents of the eeprom in a human
readable way (eeprom layout fields, and data formatted to be fit for human
consumption).
* The eeprom update command allows user to update eeprom fields by specifying
the field name, and providing the new data in a human readable format (same
format as displayed by the eeprom print command).
* Both commands can either auto detect the layout, or be told which layout to
use.
New CONFIG options:
CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT - enables commands.
CONFIG_EEPROM_LAYOUT_HELP_STRING - tells user what layout names are supported
Feature API:
__weak int parse_layout_version(char *str)
- override to provide your own layout name parsing
__weak void __eeprom_layout_assign(struct eeprom_layout *layout, int layout_version);
- override to setup the layout metadata based on the version
__weak int eeprom_layout_detect(unsigned char *data)
- override to provide your own algorithm for detecting layout version
eeprom_field.c
- contains various printing and updating functions for common types of
eeprom fields. Can be used for defining custom layouts.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Add a function that automatically builds the device name given the parent
and a supplied string. Most callers will want to do this, so putting this
functionality in one place makes more sense.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add driver-model block-device support to the SATA implementation. This is
just a dummy implementation for now, since the SATA low-level API uses
numbered devices and that doesn't fit with driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the SATA command code includes both the command-processing code
and the core SATA functions and data structures.
Separate the latter into its own file, adding functions as needed to avoid
the command code accessing data structures directly.
With this commit:
- All CONFIG option are referenced from the non-command code
- The concept of a 'current SATA device' is confined to the command code
This will make it easier to convert this code to driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the IDE command code includes both the command-processing code
and the core IDE functions and data structures.
Separate the latter into its own file, adding functions as needed to avoid
the command code accessing data structures directly.
With this commit:
- Most CONFIG option are referenced from the non-command code
- The concept of a 'current IDE device' is confined to the command code
This will make it easier to convert this code to driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the SCSI command code includes both the command-processing code
and the core SCSI functions and data structures.
Separate the latter into its own file, adding functions as needed to avoid
the command code accessing data structures directly. This functions use the
new legacy block functions.
With this commit:
- There is no CONFIG option referenced from the command code
- The concept of a 'current SCSI device' is confined to the command code
This will make it easier to convert this code to driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option currently enables both the command and the SCSI functionality.
Rename the existing option to CONFIG_SCSI since most of the code relates
to the feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When defined, SPL will proceed to another boot method
if the image it has loaded does not have a signature.
This is useful if the subsequent boot methods are much
more complex.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Allow the spl_parse_image_header() to return value. This is convenient
for controlling the SPL boot flow if the loaded image is corrupted.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The code shouldn't continue probing the port if get_port_status() failed.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The Kingston DT Ultimate USB 3.0 stick is sensitive to this first
Get Descriptor request and if the request is not in a separate
microframe, the stick refuses to operate. Add slight delay, which
is enough for one microframe to pass on any USB spec revision.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Some devices, like the SanDisk Cruzer Pop need some time to process
the Set Configuration request, so wait a little until they are ready.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The pointer should always be inited to NULL, not zero (0). These are
two different things and not necessarily equal.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
For multiple ethernet interfaces the FDT offset of '/aliases' will change as we
are adding MAC addresses to the FDT.
Therefore only the first interface ('ethernet0') will get properly updated in
the FDT, with the rest getting FDT errors when we try to set their MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Lev Iserovich <iserovil@deshawresearch.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Remove several hundred lines of content surrounded by:
#if 0 /* Moved to malloc.h */
... moved stuff ...
#endif /* 0 */ /* Moved to malloc.h */
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The error message "spl: mmc block read error" may come from two
different functions, so we should better annotate the function name
where the error comes from to help debugging.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce env support for sata device.
1. Implement write_env/read_env/env_relocate_spec/saveenv/sata_get_env_dev
2. If want to enable this feature, define CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SATA, and
define CONFIG_SYS_SATA_ENV_DEV or implement your own sata_get_ev_dev.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Stuart Longland <stuartl@vrt.com.au>
Cc: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When 7bfc3b1 (sparse: Refactor chunk parsing function) was implemented,
it dropped 9981945 (aboot: fix block addressing for don't care chunk type).
This re-implements the required fix for the "don't care chunk type"...
Signed-off-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
If CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT is enabled and Linux image is not flashed at
RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR in MMC, spl still assumes that Linux is
available and tries to boot it and hangs. In order to avoid this,
adding a check to verify if parsed image header is of type IH_OS_LINUX.
If it fails then fall back to load u-boot image.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Patch to fix boot hang when using env on i2c eeprom caused by invalid gd->env_addr
Signed-off-by: Guy Thouret <guy.thouret@wems.co.uk>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The dm usb_kbd_remove function() will deregister the usb keyboard for
us on a "usb reset" / "usb stop" so there is no need to manually call
usb_kbd_deregister() in the dm case.
This commit removes usb_kbd_deregister() in the dm case fixing the
following "usb reset" errors:
usb_kbd_remove: warning, ret=-6
device_remove: Device 'usb_kbd' failed to remove, but children are gone
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Patch f8bb6964 (Drop command-processing code when CONFIG_CMDLINE is
disabled) introduced a small typo. This patch fixes it and unbreaks
all boards again that don't have the Hush parser enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add exclamation mark to the errmsg, when error and set_default_env.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Cc: Mario Schuknecht <mario.schuknecht@dresearch-fe.de>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Cc: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In case of #define DEBUG 1 (fordebugging SPL). A bug in
spl_nand_load_image() will be triggered, because it prints
using hw ecc regardless of soft ecc configurations and
initializations.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Samir <engkhalil86@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Command parsing and processing code is not needed when the command line is
disabled. Remove this code in that case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since commit b391d74 "debug_uart: output CR along with LF", the
handling in puts() is duplicated, not to mention that it should
output carriage return before line feed.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Minor change: chosen is written with one "o".
No code change here, only comment & printf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Merkle <alexander.merkle@lauterbach.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When compiling the code for 64bit, the lcd code emits warnings because it
tries to cast pointers to 32bit values. Fix it by casting them to longs
instead, actually properly aligning with the function prototype.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
On some sunxi boards (and presumably also non sunxi boards) u-boot can
be either loaded from a sdcard in a micro-sd slot, or from eMMC.
Print which MMC spl tries to boot from, to help debugging.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The function spl_parse_image_header() falls back to a raw image
if the U-Boot header is missing and CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
is undefined. While, mmc_load_image_raw_sector() only accepts a
U-Boot legacy image or an FIT image, preventing us from loading a
raw image.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This should return 0 on success, not 1. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These files do not need to be compiled when CONFIG_CMDLINE is disabled.
Update the Makefile to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Normally board_run_command() will handle command processed. But if for some
reason it returns then we should panic to avoid further processing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch changes the USB port scanning procedure and timeout
handling in the following ways:
a)
The power-on delay in usb_hub_power_on() is now reduced to a value of
max(100ms, "hub->desc.bPwrOn2PwrGood * 2"). The code does not wait
using mdelay, instead usb_hub_power_on() will wait before querying
the device in the scanning loop later. The total timeout for this
hub, which is 1 second + "hub->desc.bPwrOn2PwrGood * 2" is calculated
and will be used in the following per-port scanning loop as the timeout
to detect active USB devices on this hub.
b)
Don't delay the minimum delay (for power to stabilize) in
usb_hub_power_on(). Instead skip querying these devices in the scannig
loop until the delay time is reached.
c)
The ports are now scanned in a quasi parallel way. The current code did
wait for each (unconnected) port to reach its timeout and only then
continue with the next port. This patch now changes this to scan all
ports of all USB hubs quasi simultaneously. For this, all ports are added
to a scanning list. This list is scanned until all ports are ready
by either a) reaching the connection timeout (calculated earlier), or
by b) detecting a USB device. This results in a faster USB scan time as
the recursive scanning of USB hubs connected to the hub that's currently
being scanned will start earlier.
One small functional change to the original code is, that ports with
overcurrent detection will now get rescanned multiple times
(PORT_OVERCURRENT_MAX_SCAN_COUNT).
Without this patch:
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 20.163 seconds
With this patch:
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 1.822 seconds
So ~18.3 seconds of USB scanning time reduction.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Debugging has shown, that all USB hubs are being reset twice while
USB scanning. This introduces additional delays and makes USB scanning
even more slow. Testing has shown that this 2nd USB hub reset doesn't
seem to be necessary.
This patch now removes this 2nd USB hub reset. Resulting in faster USB
scan time. Here the current numbers:
Without this patch:
=> time usb start
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 24.003 seconds
With this patch:
=> time usb start
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 20.392 seconds
So ~3.6 seconds of USB scanning time reduction.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch removes 2 mdelay(200) calls from usb_hub_port_connect_change().
These delays don't seem to be necessary. At least not in my tests. Here
the number for a custom x86 Bay Trail board (not in mainline yet) with
a quite large and complex USB hub infrastructure.
Without this patch:
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 28.415 seconds
With this patch:
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 24.003 seconds
So ~4.5 seconds of USB scanning time reduction.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Start with a short USB hub reset delay of 20ms. This can be enough for
some configurations.
The 2nd delay at the end of the loop is completely removed. Since the
delay hasn't been long enough, a longer delay time of 200ms is assigned
and will be used in the next loop round.
This hub reset handling is also used in the v4.4 Linux USB driver,
hub_port_reset().
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This reverts commit 71105f50fe.
The reverted commit was applied for a temporary to unbreak
few Exynos boards on the release.
After the discussion about the change, this commit should be avoided.
Fixed device-tree for Exynos, allows reverting it without any issues.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present on x86 machines with use cache-as-RAM, the memory goes away just
before board_init_r() is called. This means that serial drivers are
no-longer unavailable, until initr_dm() it called, etc.
Any attempt to use printf() within this period will cause a hang.
To fix this, mark the serial devices as 'unavailable' when it is no-longer
available. Bring it back when serial_initialize() is called. This means that
the debug UART will be used instead for this period.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Commit 1057e6c broke use of the timer with driver model. If the timer is used
before relocation, then it becomes broken after relocation. This prevents
some x86 boards from booting. Fix it.
Fixes: 1057e6c (timer: Set up the real timer after driver model is available)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Output the pointer returned by each call to malloc(). This can be useful
when debugging memory problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Fix "warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size".
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a nice framework around image fils to prepare a device tree
for OS execution. That one patches in missing device tree nodes and
fixes up the memory range bits.
We need to call that one from the EFI boot path too to get all those
nice fixups. This patch adds the call.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The EFI loader needs to maintain views of memory - general system memory
windows as well as used locations inside those and potential runtime service
MMIO windows.
To manage all of these, add a few helpers that maintain an internal
representation of the map the similar to how the EFI API later on reports
it to the application.
For allocations, the scheme is very simple. We basically allow allocations
to replace chunks of previously done maps, so that a new LOADER_DATA
allocation for example can remove a piece of the RAM map. When no specific
address is given, we just take the highest possible address in the lowest
RAM map that fits the allocation size.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After booting has finished, EFI allows firmware to still interact with the OS
using the "runtime services". These callbacks live in a separate address space,
since they are available long after U-Boot has been overwritten by the OS.
This patch adds enough framework for arbitrary code inside of U-Boot to become
a runtime service with the right section attributes set. For now, we don't make
use of it yet though.
We could maybe in the future map U-boot environment variables to EFI variables
here.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The original name of this function is unclear. This patch renames this
CRC16 function to crc16_ccitt() matching its name with its
implementation.
To make the usage of this function more flexible, lets add the CRC start
value as parameter to this function. This way it can be used by other
functions requiring different start values than 0 as well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
FIT image supports more than 32 bits in addresses by using #address-cell
field. Fixing 64-bit support by using this field.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FIT image supports load address and entry address. Getting these
addresses can use a common function.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This provides a way to load a FIT containing U-Boot and a selection of device
tree files. The board can select the correct device tree by probing the
hardware. Then U-Boot is started with the selected device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes it is useful to obtain the short name for an Operating System,
architecture or compression mechanism. Provide functions for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an option to enable libfdt in SPL. This can be useful when decoding
FIT files in SPL.
We need to make sure this option is not enabled in SPL by this change.
Also this option needs to be enabled in host builds. Si add a new
IMAGE_USE_LIBFDT #define which can be used in files that are built on the
host but must also build for U-Boot and SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are already two FIT options in Kconfig but the CONFIG options are
still in the header files. We need to do a proper move to fix this.
Move these options to Kconfig and tidy up board configuration:
CONFIG_FIT
CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
CONFIG_FIT_VERBOSE
CONFIG_OF_STDOUT_VIA_ALIAS
CONFIG_RSA
Unfortunately the first one is a little complicated. We need to make sure
this option is not enabled in SPL by this change. Also this option is
enabled automatically in the host builds by defining CONFIG_FIT in the
image.h file. To solve this, add a new IMAGE_USE_FIT #define which can
be used in files that are built on the host but must also build for U-Boot
and SPL.
Note: Masahiro's moveconfig.py script is amazing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Add microblaze change, various configs/ re-applies]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update this code to support CONFIG_BLK. Each USB storage device can have
one or more block devices as children, each one representing a LUN
(logical unit) of the USB device.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Adjust a few things so that the addition of driver-models support involved
adding code rather than also changing it. This makes the patches easier to
review.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The limit on storage devices is USB_MAX_STOR_DEV but we use one extra
element while probing to see if a device is a storage device. Avoid this,
since it causes memory corruption.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
To ease conversion to driver model, add helper functions which deal with
calling each block device method. With driver model we can reimplement these
functions with the same arguments.
Use inline functions to avoid increasing code size on some boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This is a device number, and we want to use 'dev' to mean a driver model
device. Rename the member.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Rename three partition functions so that they start with part_. This makes
it clear what they relate to.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Rename this function to blk_get_device_part_str(). This is a better name
because it makes it clear that the function returns a block device and
parses a string.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The current name is too generic. Add a 'blk_' prefix to aid searching and
make its purpose clearer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Use 'struct' instead of a typdef. Also since 'struct block_dev_desc' is long
and causes 80-column violations, rename it to struct blk_desc.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This is an enhancement that permits storing the environment file on an
EXT4 partition such as the root filesystem. It is based on the existing
FAT environment file code.
Following the previous patch, malloc() is never called before gd is set,
so we can remove the special-case check for this condition.
This reverts commit 854d2b9753 "dlmalloc: ensure gd is set for early
alloc".
Cc: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using the early timer, we need to manually trigger setting up the
real timer. This will not happen automatically. Do this immediately after
starting driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 84ca65aa4b.
On signature verification failures fit_image_verify() should NOT exit with
error. Only keys marked 'required' can cause image verification failure.
This logic is already there and works correctly.
Add a comment to make this clear.
Fixes: 84ca65aa (image-fit: Fix signature checking)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A recent change broke the 'bootm' command on sandbox. The root cause is
using a pointer as an address. Conversion from pointer to address needs to
use map_to_sysmem() so that sandbox can do the right thing. The problem was
pre-existing but uncovered by a recent commit.
Fix this. Also move fit_get_end() to the C file to avoid needing to include
mapmem.h (and thus asm/io.h) everywhere.
Fixes: 1fec3c5d (common/image.c: Make boot_get_ramdisk() perform a check for Android images)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit fd61d39970:
spl: mmc: add break statements in spl_mmc_load_image()
RAW and FS boot modes are now exclusive again. So, if MMCSD_MODE_RAW fails, the
board hangs. This patch allows to try MMCSD_MODE_FS then.
It has been tested on a beaglebone black to boot on an EXT partition.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
$ make tools-all
...
In file included from tools/env/env_flags.c:1:0:
tools/env/../../common/env_flags.c: In function
‘env_flags_parse_varaccess_from_binflags’:
tools/env/../../common/env_flags.c:156:18: warning: implicit declaration
of function ‘ARRAY_SIZE’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(env_flags_varaccess_mask); i++)
^
Seems like the other utilities just add a copy of ARRAY_SIZE since
there's nowhere to include it from (tools/imagetool.h,
tools/mxsimage.h). Let's do the same here.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
Boards with a saved environment may use 'lcd' in their stdout environment
variable, expecting that this will enable output to the LCD. When the board
moves to use driver model for video, this will no-longer work. Add a
work-around to fix this. A warning messages is printed, and we will remove
the work-around at the end of 2016.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This commit breaks bootup on sunxi boards, the get stuck
when running the main u-boot binary at:
CPU: Allwinner H3 (SUN8I)
I2C: ready
DRAM:
This reverts commit 8e7cba048b.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Commit 9c11135ce0 ("image: fix getenv_bootm_size() function") fixed
the case where "bootm_low" is defined, but "bootm_size" is not.
Instead, it broke the case where neither "bootm_low" nor "bootm_size"
is defined. Fix this function again.
Fixes: 9c11135ce0 ("image: fix getenv_bootm_size() function")
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Tested-by: Matthias Weisser <m.weisser.m@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
The recent change to memalign() caused the allocation failure detection
code to be dead code; the "retry" logic is always activated under the same
condition that the original failure detection code is, and also fully
handles any possible failures. This patch solves the presence of dead
code.
Two alternatives are possible:
a) Delete the now-dead test, and rely on the "retry" path to handle any
allocation problems, as it does.
b) Make the "retry" path fall through to the existing (currently dead)
failure detection code, thus making it not-dead.
(b) was chosen since it reduces the diff between U-Boot's and the upstream
dlmalloc. This should make it marginally easier to import a new version of
dlmalloc in the future.
Reported by: Coverity Scan
Fixes: 4f144a4164 ("malloc: work around some memalign fragmentation issues")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The case of memory of size 0 is not that different from a memory of any other
size, so we remove the duplicate code and treat the small differences when it
is the case.
Signed-off-by: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>
Add trivial support for changing the U-Boot command prompt string
by setting PS1 and PS2 environment variables. Only static variables
are supported.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull the code which displays U-Boot prompt and reads the command line
into a separate function. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Correct spelling of "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text
(documentation, comments in source files etc.).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The x86 build target "efi-x86" has no TEXT_BASE configured. And with the
introduction of CONFIG_BOOTDELAY for x86, this function is now called
for this board as well. Resulting in compile errors for this target.
Without TEXT_BASE it makes no sense to fill these values. So lets only
configure the env variable if TEXT_BASE is defined.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use of memalign can trigger fragmentation issues such as:
// Internally, this needs to find a free block quite bit larger than s.
// Once the free region is found, any unaligned "padding" immediately
// before and after the block is marked free, so that the allocation
// takes only s bytes (plus malloc header overhead).
p = memalign(a, s);
// If there's little fragmentation so far, this allocation is likely
// located immediately after p.
p2 = malloc(x);
free(p);
// In theory, this should return the same value for p. However, the hole
// left by the free() call is only s in size (plus malloc header overhead)
// whereas memalign searches for a larger block in order to guarantee it
// can adjust the returned pointer to the alignment requirements. Hence,
// the pointer returned, if any, won't be p. If there's little or no space
// left after p2, this allocation will fail.
p = memalign(a, s);
In practice, this issue occurs when running the "dfu" command repeatedly
on NVIDIA Tegra boards, since DFU allocates a large 32M data buffer, and
then initializes the USB controller. If this is the first time USB has
been used in the U-Boot session, this causes a probe of the USB driver,
which causes various allocations, including a strdup() of a GPIO name
when requesting the VBUS GPIO. When DFU is torn down, the USB driver
is left probed, and hence its memory is left allocated. If "dfu" is
executed again, allocation of the 32M data buffer fails as described
above.
In practice, there is a memory hole exactly large enough to hold the 32M
data buffer than DFU needs. However, memalign() can't know that in a
general way. Given that, it's particularly annoying that the allocation
fails!
The issue is that memalign() tries to allocate something larger to
guarantee the ability to align the returned pointer. This patch modifies
memalign() so that if the "general case" over-sized allocation fails,
another allocation is attempted, of the exact size the user desired. If
that allocation just happens to be aligned in the way the user wants,
(and in the case described above, it will be, since the free memory
region is located where a previous identical allocation was located),
the pointer can be returned.
This patch is somewhat related to 806bd245b1 "dfu: don't keep
freeing/reallocating". That patch worked around the issue by removing
repeated free/memalign within a single execution of "dfu". However,
the same technique can't be applied across multiple invocations, since
there's no reason to keep the DFU buffer allocated while DFU isn't
running. This patch addresses the root-cause a bit more directly.
This problem highlights some of the disadvantages of dynamic allocation
and deferred probing of devices.
This patch isn't checkpatch-clean, since it conforms to the existing
coding style in dlmalloc.c, which is different to the rest of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
It might be missed when converting spi_flash_probe() in cmd_sf.c.
This patch refers to commit fbb099183e ("dm: Convert
spi_flash_probe() and 'sf probe' to use driver model").
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Scan code 0x39 is CapsLock, which is not a printable character and thus
is not covered by either usb_kbd_numkey_shifted[] or usb_kbd_numkey[].
Fix the scan code check to avoid looking it up in either of the arrays.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
clang-3.8 reports that these functions are unused, remove them. As this
is the last part of CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG, drop that from README.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This enables boards to choose where to/from the environment should be
saved/loaded. They can then for example support using the same device
(dynamically) from which the bootloader was launched to load and save
env data and do not have to define CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV statically.
In my use case, the environment needs to be on the same device I
booted from. It can be the eMMC or an optional SD card.
I therefore would override mmc_get_env_dev in the board code, read the
CPU registers to determine where we booted from and return the
corresponding device index.
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Variable _load_end_ points to end address of uncompressed buffer
(*not* uncomress_buffer_end / sizeof(ulong)), so multipling uncompressed
size with sizeof(ulong) is grossly incorrect in flush_cache().
It might lead to access of address beyond valid memory range and hang the CPU.
Tested on MIPS architecture by using compressed(gzip, lzma)
and uncompressed uImage.
Signed-off-by: Purna Chandra Mandal <purna.mandal@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
There are a lot of unrelated files in common, including all of the commands.
Moving them into their own directory makes them easier to find and is more
logical.
Some commands include non-command code, such as cmd_scsi.c. This should be
sorted out at some point so that the function can be enabled with or without
the associated command.
Unfortunately, with m68k I get this error:
m68k: + M5329AFEE
+arch/m68k/cpu/mcf532x/start.o: In function `_start':
+arch/m68k/cpu/mcf532x/start.S:159:(.text+0x452): relocation truncated to fit: R_68K_PC16 against symbol `board_init_f' defined in .text.board_init_f section in common/built-in.o
I hope someone can shed some light on what this means. I hope it isn't
depending on the position of code in the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
The testpattern of the lcd was only working in 8bit mode(2x3 tiles in
different colors). With this patch now 8bit and 16bit is supported.
In 16bit mode there are 2x4 tiles in different colors.
The number of LCD-colors is defined in the include/configs/<boardfile>.h
Signed-off-by: Andreas Neubacher <neubacher.andreas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
At present there is no indication that an invalid GPIO is used except that
the GPIO status is not displayed. Make the error more explicit to avoid
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is convenient to be able to see the status of all regulators in a list.
Add this feature to the 'reg status' command.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that driver model support is available, convert sandbox over to use it.
We can remove a few of the special hooks that sandbox currently has.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Register video drivers with stdio so that they can be used for text output.
This needs to be done explicitly for now. At some point we should be able to
convert stdio itself to driver model and avoid this step.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This command can use the bitmap display code in the uclass. This is similar
to the code in lcd.c and cfb_console.c. These other copies will go away when
all boards are converted to use driver model for video.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Before relocation we need to reserve memory for the video driver frame
buffers so that they can use this memory when they start up (after
relocation). Add a call to the uclass to permit this.
The current top and bottom of the region is stored in global_data so that
it can be checked post-relocation to ensure enough memory is available. No
video device should be probed before relocation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
These two functions are conceptually the same. Move them together in the
pre-relocation init.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The LCD functions and definitions are not used with the driver model video
uclass. When all boards are converted over we can remove the file. For now,
use #ifdef to omit the contents.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This reverts commit 3e303f748c.
The fix up in the /aliases node does not work under the following
scenarios:
- Not every non-DM serial driver was written to have a driver name
that conforms the format of "serial%d" or "eserial%d".
- With driver model serial, the stdio_devices[] stores the serial
device node name in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We can define this in the header file and use it in usb_storage.c. There is
no need to define it twice. Remove the #define from usb_storage.c.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Adjust this command to use map_sysmem() correctly so that it works on
sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We should not return a -ve error code from command functions. Instead,
return CMD_RET_FAILURE. This avoids the "exit not allowed from main input
shell" error messages from the hush shell.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
In a number of places we had wordings of the GPL (or LGPL in a few
cases) license text that were split in such a way that it wasn't caught
previously. Convert all of these to the correct SPDX-License-Identifier
tag.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, this function returns wrong size if "bootm_low" is defined,
but "bootm_size" is not.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We support max USB_MAXENDPOINTS, so need to use
"epno >= USB_MAXENDPOINTS", but not "epno > USB_MAXENDPOINTS".
If use ">", we may exceeds the array of if_desc->ep_desc.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: "Stefan Brüns" <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Cc: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Commit ecc30663 ("Fix board init code to respect the C runtime environment")
breaks x86. This was mentioned on https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/548644
but not addressed. Correct it so that x86 boards boot again.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With format-security errors turned on, GCC picks up the use of sprintf with
a format parameter not being a string literal.
Simple uses of sprintf are also converted to use strcpy.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We should use ARRAY_SIZE, but not sizeof. The size of
env_flags_varaccess_mask is 16bytes, but we only need 4 loops.
If using 16 as the end condition, we may access memory that
not belong to array env_flags_varaccess_mask.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Report Coverity log:
Destination buffer too small (STRING_OVERFLOW)
string_overflow: You might overrun the 1024 byte destination string
lastcommand by writing 1025 bytes from console_buffer
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a 'poweroff' command to boot commands, this only gets enabled if the
board Kconfig does a "select CMD_POWEROFF".
Signed-off-by: Michael van Slingerland <michael@deviousops.nl>
[hdegoede@redhat.com: Make the cmd conditional on a CMD_POWEROFF Kconfig]
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Extend the ums command to accept a list of block devices. Each of these
will be exported as a separate LUN. An example use-case would be:
ums 0 mmc 0,0.1,0.2
... which would export LUNs for eMMC 0's user data, boot0, and boot1 HW
partitions. This is useful since it allows the host access to everything
on the eMMC without having to somehow stop the ums command from executing
and restart it with different parameters.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This will allow us to have multiple block device structs each referring
to the same eMMC device, yet different HW partitions.
For now, there is still a single block device per eMMC device. As before,
this block device always accesses whichever HW partition was most recently
selected. Clients wishing to make use of multiple block devices referring
to different HW partitions can simply take a copy of this block device
once it points at the correct HW partition, and use each one as they wish.
This feature will be used by the next patch.
In the future, perhaps get_device() could be enhanced to return a
dynamically allocated block device struct, to avoid the client needing to
copy it in order to maintain multiple block devices. However, this would
require all users to be updated to free those block device structs at some
point, which is rather a large change.
Most callers of mmc_switch_part() wish to permanently switch the default
MMC block device's HW partition. Enhance mmc_switch_part() so that it does
this. This removes the need for callers to do this. However,
common/env_mmc.c needs to save and restore the current HW partition. Make
it do this more explicitly.
Replace use of mmc_switch_part() with mmc_select_hwpart() in order to
remove duplicate code that skips the call if that HW partition is already
selected.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This will allow the implementation to make use of data in the block_dev
structure beyond the base device number. This will be useful so that eMMC
block devices can encompass the HW partition ID rather than treating this
out-of-band. Equally, the existence of the priv field is crying out for
this patch to exist.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As of gcc 5.2.1 for Thumb-1, it is not possible any
more to assign gd from C code, as gd is mapped to r9,
and r9 may now be saved in the prolog sequence, and
restored in the epilog sequence, of any C functions.
Therefore arch_setup_gd(), which is supposed to set
r9, may actually have no effect, causing U-Boot to
use a bad address to access GD.
Fix this by never calling arch_setup_gd() for ARM,
and instead setting r9 in arch/arm/lib/crt0.S, to
the value returned by board_init_f_alloc_reserve().
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
board_init_f_mem() alters the C runtime environment's
stack it is actually already using. This is not a valid
behaviour within a C runtime environment.
Split board_init_f_mem into C functions which do not alter
their own stack and always behave properly with respect to
their C runtime environment.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Acked-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
The function hash_show is now only called by hash_command, so mark it as
static (and drop from hash.h). We only call hash_command when any of
CONFIG_CMD_CRC32, CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM or CONFIG_CMD_HASH are set. Since
hash.c is linked in unconditionally we must take extra care with
functions that bring in read-only strings as these will not be
discarded.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To boot Linux, we should prevent Initramdisk and FDT from going too
high.
Currently, boot_relocate_fdt() checks "fdt_high" environment first,
and then falls back to getenv_bootm_mapsize() + getenv_bootm_low()
if "fdt_high" is missing.
On the other hand, boot_ramdisk_high() only checks "initrd_high" to
get the address limit for the Initramdisk. We also want to let this
case fall back to getenv_bootm_mapsize() + getenv_bootm_low().
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Adjust the SCSI command to use driver model for its PCI interface.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Most driver model PCI functions have a dm_ prefix. At some point, when the
old code is converted to driver model and the old functions are removed, we
will drop that prefix.
For consistency, we should use the dm_ prefix for all driver model
functions. Update pci_bus_find_bdf() accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since 51209b1f42 ("Use common mtest iteration counting"),
do_mem_mtest has always reported 0 errors and hence returned 0, even
if errors were detected. Fix the helpers mem_test_alt() and
mem_test_quick() to return the number of errors found.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Commit: dm: core: Enable optional use of fdt_translate_address()
Enables use of this function as default, but after this it's not
possible to get dev address for the case in which: '#size-cells == 0'
This causes errors when getting address for some GPIOs, for which
the '#size-cells' is set to 0.
Example error:
'__of_translate_address: Bad cell count for gpx0'
Allowing for that case by modifying the macro 'OF_CHECK_COUNTS',
(called from )__of_translate_address(), fixes the issue.
Now, this macro doesn't check, that '#size-cells' is greater than 0.
This is possible from the specification point of view, but I'm not sure
that it doesn't introduce a regression for other configs.
Please test and share the results.
Tested-on: Odroid U3, Odroid X2, Odroid XU3, Sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
At present USB keyboards are not properly removed with driver model. Add the
code to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The current limit of 5 is not enough for the driver model USB tests. Really
we should not have a limit but the driver model code still uses the
usb_dev_desc[] array, which has a limit.
Increasing the limit by 2 should not bother anyone. Adjust it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use snprintf to replace sprintf.
Coverity log:
"
Unbounded source buffer (STRING_SIZE)
string_size: Passing string init_val of unknown size to sprintf.
"
Reported-by: Coverity
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Before calling hsearch_r, initialize callback entry to NULL.
Coverity log:
"
Uninitialized scalar variable (UNINIT)
uninit_use_in_call: Using uninitialized value e.
Field e.callback is uninitialized when calling hsearch_r.
"
Reported-by: Coverity
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Whether CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER is defined or not, should always
check to free 'buff' to avoid memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Start split and complete split tokens need the hub address and the
downstream port of the first HS hub (device view).
The core of the function was duplicated in both host/ehci_hcd and
musb-new/usb-compat.h.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
The configuration descriptor includes all interface, endpoint and
auxiliary descriptors (e.g. report, union) so 512 bytes may not be enough.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently in fdt_fixup_ethernet() the MAC address fix up is
handled in a loop of which the exit condition is to test the
"eth%daddr" env is not NULL. However this creates unnecessary
constrains that those "eth%daddr" env variables must be
sequential even if "ethernet%d" does not start from 0 in the
"/aliases" node. For example, with "/aliases" node below:
aliases {
ethernet3 = &enet3;
ethernet4 = &enet4;
};
"ethaddr", "eth1addr", "eth2addr" must exist in order to fix
up ethernet3's MAC address successfully.
Now we change the loop logic to iterate the properties in the
"/aliases" node. For each property, test if it is in a format
of "ethernet%d", then get its MAC address from corresponding
"eth%daddr" env and fix it up in the dtb.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On OMAP4 Panda (+v4.3 kernel)
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In fdt_fixup_ethernet() only "usbethaddr" is handled to fix up the
first usb ethernet port MAC address. Other additional usb ethernet
ports are ignored as there is no logic to handle "usbeth%daddr".
It is suggested we should use "ethaddr" for all ethernet devices.
Hence deprecate "usbethaddr" usage in fdt_fixup_ethernet().
This actually reverts commit b1f49ab8c7
"ARM: fdt support: Add usbethaddr as an acceptable MAC".
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On OMAP4 Panda (+ v4.3 kernel)
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_CONTROL_EP is enabled, use a
GET_REPORT control transfer to retrieve the initial state of the
keyboard. This matches the technique used to poll the keyboard state.
This is useful since it eliminates the remaining use of interrupt
transfers from the USB keyboard driver, which allows it to work with
USB HCD that don't support interrupt transfers.
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This fixes commit 1a37889b0a:
----------------------->8--------------------
eeprom: Pull out the RW loop
Unify the code for doing read/write into single function, since the
code for both the read and write is almost identical. This again
trims down the code duplication.
----------------------->8--------------------
where the same one routine is utilized for both EEPROM writing and
reading. The only difference was supposed to be a "read" flag which
in both cases was set with 1 somehow.
That lead to a missing delay in case of writing which lead to write
failure (in my case no data was written).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
LS1043ARDB Secure Boot Target from NOR has been added.
- Configs defined to enable esbc_validate.
- ESBC Address in header is made 64 bit.
- SMMU is re-configured in Bypass mode.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Bansal <aneesh.bansal@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
As the name may be confusing, the CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE reserves
some memory from the end of ram, tracked by gd->ram_size. It is not
always the top of u-boot visible memory. Rewrite the macro with a
weak function to provide flexibility for complex calcuation. Legacy
use of this macro is still supported.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Secure memory is at the end of memory, separated and reserved
from OS, tracked by gd->secure_ram. Secure memory can host
MMU tables, security monitor, etc. This is different from PRAM
used to reserve private memory. PRAM offers memory at the top
of u-boot memory, not necessarily the real end of memory for
systems with very large DDR. Using the end of memory simplifies
MMU setup and avoid memory fragmentation.
"bdinfo" command shows gd->secure_ram value if this memory is
marked as secured.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
In order to support boot from multiple devices through board_boot_order,
it's necessary to use the block number of a device.
The use of a hard-coded 0 for the device number also creates a need
to re-order block devices for use in SPL like this:
http://git.denx.de/?p=u-boot.git;a=blob;f=board/freescale/mx6slevk/mx6slevk.c;hb=HEAD#l195
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Unfortunately U-Boot assumes that almost all numbers are in hex, including
partition numbers passed to e.g. "load". So, the command "part list mmc 0
-bootable devplist" should use hex when writing partition numbers into
$devplist, so they'll be correctly interpreted.
Change-Id: I9a70b19749643876baadb45efbc3decaef8bfee2
Fixes: 0798d6fd41 ("part: Add support for list filtering on bootable partitions")
Cc: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
For a simple static string, use panic_str() which prevents calling
printf needlessly.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
VxWorks 7 kernels retrieve 'local-mac-addr' from dtb and use
that for NIC MAC address. As a result, when booting the same
kernel image on multiple boards, there will be address
conflicts.
So fixup MAC address when booting VxWorks 7 kernels
Signed-off-by: Miao Yan <yanmiaobest@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model timer support, there should not be an explict
call to timer_init(). Remove this call for x86.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently OF_BAD_ADDR is always -1ULL. When using OF_BAD_ADDR as the
return value of dev_get_addr(), it creates potential size mismatch
as dev_get_addr() uses FDT_ADDR_T_NONE as the return value which can
be either -1U or -1ULL depending on CONFIG_PHYS_64BIT. Now we change
OF_BAD_ADDR to FDT_ADDR_T_NONE to avoid such case.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that we may compile (but not link) code calling fixup_cmdtable when
this is not set, we need to always have the declaration available. We
should also make sure that anyone calling the function includes
<command.h> as that's where the function declaration is.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Subcommands contain pointers to functions which are not updated when
MANUAL_RELOC is enabled. This patch fix it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Don't relocate fdt in case of CONFIG_OF EMBED as the fdt is
already embedded with u-boot image.
Update fdt_blob after relocation as the fdt will be copied
during u-boot relocation.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com> (QEMU x86)
Tested-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw> (Nios2)
Acked-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is risky to have two different functions with much the same code. Future
authors may update one but not the other. It is hard to see which parts are
the same and which are different.
Unify the functions and drop the differences that are not really needed.
Note that one puts() becomes printf() as Tom mentioned that this does not
affect image size:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/537276/
Note: It would be better to have an empty printf() and avoid the #ifdef for
CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The 'p' suffix makes it more obvious that we are dealing with a pointer
to a (pointer) value that will be returned to its caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Since commit 4188ba3 we get the following warning on rockchip boards:
common/spl/spl_mmc.c:31:24: warning: ‘mmc’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
count = mmc->block_dev.block_read(0, sector, 1, header);
^
common/spl/spl_mmc.c:251:14: note: ‘mmc’ was declared here
struct mmc *mmc;
Correct this by move the variable init earlier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Need to free memory avoid memory leak, when error.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When CONFIG_SPL_OF_TRANSLATE is enabled fdt_support.c needs to get
compiled. Otherwise fdt_translate_address() is missing which is needed
in dev_get_addr().
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The following code will alloc memory for new_dev and ldev:
"
new_dev = mdio_alloc();
ldev = malloc(sizeof(*ldev));
"
Either new_dev or ldev is NULL, directly return, but this may leak memory.
So before return, using free(ldev) and mdio_free(new_dev) to avoid
leaking memory, also free can handle NULL pointer.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
"enable" is unsigned char type and its value will not be
negative, so discard "enable < 0".
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Cc: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The entry name of mii_dev is an array not pointer, so
no need to check.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If condition of "(load == image_start || load == image_data)" is true,
should use "fdt_addr = load;", but not "fdt_blob = (char *)image_data;",
or fdt_blob will be overridden by "fdt_blob = map_sysmem(fdt_addr, 0);"
at the end of the switch case.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Condition "(value == NULL && ++value == NULL)" actully will
always return false.
Instead, use condition "(value == NULL || *(value + 1) == 0)" to detect
such expression "c=". To "c=", *(value + 1) is 0, so directly return -1,
but not continue.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixed the prom_relocate() function in start.S file by reserving memory in
the board_init_f sequence and saving the offset to the __prom_start_reloc
variable. This value is used as the destination when relocating the PROM.
Add the prom_init() function to the end of the board_init_r sequence.
Signed-off-by: Francois Retief <fgretief@spaceteq.co.za>
Introduce the CONFIG_SYS_TIMER_* macros in include/asm/config.h to make use
of the generic timer infrastructure in lib/time.c.
Created a timer_init() function to initialize the timer hardware and update
the #ifdef in board_init_f to allow this function to be called during the
start-up sequence.
Signed-off-by: Francois Retief <fgretief@spaceteq.co.za>
Initial ground work in preperation for generic board initialization
code for the SPARC architecture.
Signed-off-by: Francois Retief <fgretief@spaceteq.co.za>
This reverts commit 05bfe13210.
As discussed on the list, we already have the needed functionality by
defining CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV, CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
and adding custom overwrite_console() in the board code.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Adjust this command to use the correct PCI functions, instead of the
compatibility layer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We want to share this code with the driver model version, so put it in a
separate function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In the 'pci' command, add a separate variable to hold the PCI device. When
this code is converted to driver model, this variable will be used to hold a
struct udevice instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Currently we use switch() and access PCI configuration via several
functions, one for each data size. Adjust the code to use generic functions,
where the data size is a parameter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The function comments use an old style and some are incorrect. Update them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Before converting this to driver model, reorder the code to avoid forward
function declarations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This function uses macros to output data. It seems better to use a table of
registers rather than macro-based code generation. It also reduces the
code/data size by 2KB on ARM.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present in do_pci(), bdf can either mean a bus number or a PCI bus number.
Use separate variables instead to reduce confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is not supported with driver model, so print a message instead of
generating a build error. Rescanning PCI is not yet implemented.
This function will be implemented later once some additional PCI driver
model improvements are merged. It was confirmed on the mailing list
that no one on the tegra side will miss this feature, so it is disabled
for tegra.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
At present bootstage will try to read the timer very early after relocation.
When driver model is used to provide the timer, we cannot read it until
driver model is ready. Correct this by adding a separate stage for the
post-relocation bootstage init.
This fixes booting on chromebook_link.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
The optional parameter bootable is added in gpt command to set the
partition attribute flag "Legacy BIOS bootable"
This flag is used in extlinux and so in with distro to select
the boot partition where is located the configuration file
(please check out doc/README.distro for details).
With this parameter, U-Boot can be used to create the boot partition
needed for device using distro.
example of use:
setenv partitions "name=u-boot,size=60MiB;name=boot,size=60Mib,bootable;\
name=rootfs,size=0"
> gpt write mmc 0 $partitions
> part list mmc 0
Partition Map for MMC device 0 -- Partition Type: EFI
Part Start LBA End LBA Name
Attributes
Type GUID
Partition GUID
1 0x00000022 0x0001e021 "u-boot"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: cceb0b18-39cb-d547-9db7-03b405fa77d4
2 0x0001e022 0x0003c021 "boot"
attrs: 0x0000000000000004
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: d4981a2b-0478-544e-9607-7fd3c651068d
3 0x0003c022 0x003a9fde "rootfs"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: 6d6c9a36-e919-264d-a9ee-bd00379686c7
> part list mmc 0 -bootable devplist
> printenv devplist
devplist=2
Then the distro scripts will search extlinux in partition 2
and not in the first partition.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay73@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for "gpt verify" command, which verifies
correctness of on-board stored GPT partition table.
As the optional parameter one can provide '$partitons' environment variable
to check if partition data (size, offset, name) is correct.
This command should be regarded as complementary one to "gpt restore".
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@majess.pl>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Exactly the same check is performed in set_gpt_info() function executed
just after this check.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@majess.pl>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adds a small printf() version that supports all basic formats.
Its intented to be used in U-Boot SPL versions on platforms with very
limited internal RAM sizes.
To enable it, just define CONFIG_USE_TINY_PRINTF in your defconfig. This
will result in the SPL using this tiny function and the main U-Boot
still using the full-blown printf() function.
This code was copied from:
http://www.sparetimelabs.com/printfrevisited
With mostly only coding style related changes so that its checkpatch
clean.
The size reduction is about 2.5KiB. Here a comparison for the db-mv784mp-gp
(Marvell AXP) SPL:
Without this patch:
58963 18536 1928 79427 13643 ./spl/u-boot-spl
With this patch:
56542 18536 1956 77034 12cea ./spl/u-boot-spl
Note:
To make it possible to compile tiny-printf.c instead of vsprintf.c when
CONFIG_USE_TINY_PRINTF is defined, the functions printf() and vprintf() are
moved from common/console.c into vsprintf.c in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Change some comments to match the U-Boot coding style rules.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As done in commit da229e4e [sandbox: Drop special-case sandbox console code],
this patch drops the sandbox special-case code in vprintf() that was
missed by Simon at that time.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cosmetic fixes to the file, make it checkpatch clean.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add additional parameter into the eeprom command to select
the I2C bus on which the eeprom resides.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add bus argument to eeprom_init(), so that it can select
the I2C bus number on which the eeprom resides. Any negative
value of the $bus argument will preserve the old behavior.
This is in place so that old code does not randomly break.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Wrap i2c_set_bus_num() call with CONFIG_SYS_I2C test]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Unify the code for doing read/write into single function, since the
code for both the read and write is almost identical. This again
trims down the code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull out the code which computes the length of the transfer
into separate code and clean it up a little. This again trims
down the code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Implement default value of 8 for this macro and pull out all of
this macro out of the code. The default value of 8 actually does
implement exactly the same behavior as the previous code which
was in the #else clause of the ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Just suck the ugly ifdef around eeprom_init() call into eeprom_init()
function itself. This puts all of the ifdef mess into one place.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull this macro to the beginning of the cmd_eeprom.c and remove
another nasty ifdef from the code. Note that this is legal, since
udelay(0) changes the behavior only such that it pings the WDT if
WDT is enabled and otherwise does not wait.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Make this function weak and implement it's weak implementation
so that the boards can just reimplement it. This zaps the horrid
CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_WREN macro.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull out the code computing the EEPROM address into separate function
so that it's not duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull out the code which does the I2C or SPI read/write, so that
the beefy ifdef around it is contained in a single function.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This macro is no longer used, so just reap it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Remove this function as it's no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Now that the only user of CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_X40430 was removed,
remove this unused code from cmd_eeprom.c
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This option only complicates the code unnecessarily, just use
CONFIG_SYS_DEF_EEPROM_ADDR as the default address if there are
only five arguments to eeprom {read/write} if this is defined.
If CONFIG_SYS_DEF_EEPROM_ADDR is not defined, we mandate all
six arguments.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Just move the code around so that the forward declarations are not
necessary. Also zap a few checkpatch issues where applicable and
zap the use of #ifdef CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM in the code, since this is
always true.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
It is useful to be able to record console output and provide console input
via a buffer. This provides sandbox with the ability to run a command and
check its output. If the console is set to silent then no visible output
is generated.
This also provides a means to fix the problem where tests produce unwanted
output, such as errors or warnings. This can be confusing. We can instead
set the console to silent and record this output. It can be checked later
in the test if required.
It is possible that this may prove useful for non-test situations. For
example the console output may be suppressed for normal operations, but
recorded and stored for access by the OS. That feature is not implemented
at present.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The console includes a global variable and several functions that are only
used by a small subset of U-Boot files. Before adding more functions, move
the definitions into their own header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently the USB tests take around two seconds to run. Remove these
unnecessary time delays so that the tests run quickly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As mark_bootstage() uses timer, it should go after driver model
is initialized.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When driver model is used for keyboards we must scan the available keyboards
and register them with stdio. Add code to do this.
At some point (once LCD/video is converted) we should be able to convert
stdio to driver model and avoid these dual data structures.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a uclass for keyboard input, mirroring the existing stdio methods.
This is enabled by a new CONFIG_DM_KEYBOARD option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Switch USB keyboards over to use driver model instead of scanning with the
horrible usb_get_dev_index() function. This involves creating a new uclass
for keyboards, although so far there is no API.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds an option to skip the registration of LCD stdio output for
boards that want to show different text on LCD than on serial output (or
the active stdout selected by the environment variable).
Signed-off-by: Stephane Ayotte <sayotte@tycoint.com>
Phy can have addresses 0-31. Check this boundary to ensure that user
can't call commands on phy address 32 and more.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As with other platforms vendors love to create their own boot header
formats. Xilinx is no different and for the Zynq platform/SoC there
exists the "boot.bin" which is read by the platforms bootrom. This
format is described to a useful extent within the Xilinx Zynq TRM.
This implementation adds support for the 'zynqimage' to mkimage. The
implementation only considers the most common boot header which is
un-encrypted and packed directly after the boot header itself (no
XIP, etc.). However this implementation does take into consideration the
other fields of the header for image dumping use cases (vector table and
register initialization).
Signed-off-by: Nathan Rossi <nathan@nathanrossi.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The variable "buf" in this function is a char array, and the
function ubi_volume_read is expecting a char *. In the call, the
address of the pointer is being taken, incorrectly passing a
char **. The compiler warning was being silenced by the cast.
Remove the address operator and the cast.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Smith <kevin.smith@elecsyscorp.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The commit mentioned below replaced return statements inside a switch so
that other code could be called after the switch. However, it didn't add
any break statements, causing the cases to run together. Fix this.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 132282, 132283)
Fixes: 7861204c9a ("itest: make memory access work under sandbox")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Currently the mmc device that SPL looks at is always mmc0, regardless
of the BOOT_DEVICE_MMCx value. This forces some boards to
implement hacks in order to boot from other mmc devices.
Make SPL take into account the correct mmc device.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that we support alternative boot devices, it can sometimes be
unclear which boot devices was actually used. Provide a function to
announce which boot devices are attempted during boot.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce spl_boot_list array, which defines a list of boot devices
that SPL will try before hanging. By default this list will consist
of only spl_boot_device(), but board_boot_order() can be overridden
by board code to populate the array with custom values.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Refactor spl image load code out of board_init_r and into its own
function. This is a preparation for supporting alternative boot
devices.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Make spl_*_load_image() functions return a value instead of
hanging if a problem is encountered. This enables main spl code
to make the decision whether to hang or not, thus preparing
it to support alternative boot devices.
Some boot devices (namely nand and spi) do not hang on error.
Instead, they return normally and SPL proceeds to boot the
contents of the load address. This is considered a bug and
is rectified by hanging on error for these devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ijc@hellion.org.uk>
Cc: Hans De Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Get rid of emmc boot code duplication in spl_mmc_load_image() using a switch
case fallthrough into MMCSD_MODE_RAW. Since the #ifdef CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
check is not really necessary, remove it in the process.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the code that handles fs boot out of spl_mmc_load_image() and into its
own function to reduce the #ifdef complexity of spl_mmc_load_image().
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Implement defaults for the raw partition image loading so that the #ifdef
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION in spl_mmc_load_image() will no
longer be necessary.
This change makes it possible for mmc_load_image_raw_partition() and
mmc_load_image_raw_sector() to coexist.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Implement default versions of falcon mode functions to make the
CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT check in spl_mmc_load_image() unnecessary, thus reducing
its #ifdef complexity.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Cc: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Simplify spl_mmc_load_image() code by moving the part that finds the mmc device
into its own function spl_mmc_find_device(), available in two flavors: DM and
non-DM.
This refactor fixes a bug in which an error in the device location sequence
does not necessarily aborts the rest of the code. With this refactor, we fail
the moment there is an error.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The original intention of the mmc load_image() function was to try multiple
boot modes before failing. This is evident by the lack of break statements
in the switch, and the following line in the default case:
puts("spl: mmc: no boot mode left to try\n");
This implementation is problematic because:
- The availability of alternative boot modes is very arbitrary since it
depends on the specific order of the switch cases. If your boot mode happens to
be the first case, then you'll have a bunch of other boot modes as alternatives.
If it happens to be the last case, then you have none.
- Opting in/out is tied to config options, so the only way for you to prevent an
alternative boot mode from being attempted is to give up on the feature completely.
- This implementation makes the code more complicated and difficult to
understand.
Address these issues by inserting a break statements between the cases to make the
function try only one boot mode.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Remove code duplication in spl_nand_load_image().
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Add back cast to unsigned long of spl_image.load_addr]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for loading splashimage from filesystem formatted sata
storage.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Add support for loading splash image from USB drive formatted with a
filesystem.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Add support for loading splash image from an SD card formatted with
a filesystem. Update boards to maintain original behavior where needed.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Rename raw read functions to *_read_raw() in preparation for supporting
read_fs() feature.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Currently timer_init() is called in board_r.c which is quite late.
Some vgabios execution requires we set up the i8254 timer correctly,
but video initialization comes before timer_init(). Move the call
to board_f.c.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an initr function in the board_r.c file for the AMBA Plug&Play
command. Add a Kconfig entry for the ambapp command and remove all
CONFIG_CMD_AMBAPP defines from the board configuration headers.
Add a Kconfig entry to display the AMBA Plug&Play information
on startup. This option is off by default. Remove relevent define
from board configuration headers.
Signed-off-by: Francois Retief <fgretief@spaceteq.co.za>
Prior to commit 5ba534d247 ("arm: Switch 32-bit ARM to using generic
global_data setup") we used to have assembly code that configured the
malloc_base address.
Since this commit we use the board_init_f_mem() function in C to setup
malloc_base address.
In board_init_f_mem() there was a deliberate choice to support only
early malloc() or full malloc() in SPL, but not both.
Adapt this logic to allow both to be used, one after the other, in SPL.
This issue has been observed in a Congatec board, where we need to
retrieve the manufacturing information from the SPI NOR (the SPI API
calls malloc) prior to configuring the DRAM. In this case as malloc_base
was not configured we always see malloc to fail.
With this change we are able to use malloc in SPL prior to DRAM gets
initialized.
Also update the CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START entry in the README file.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_clocks is wrapped by CONFIG_FSL_CLK and CONFIG_M68K in seperate
piece code. They can be merged into one snippet.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: "angelo@sysam.it" <angelo@sysam.it>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: "Andreas Bießmann" <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
code under flag CONFIG_PARTITION_TYPE_GUID
add parameter "type" to select partition type guid
example of use with gpt command :
partitions = uuid_disk=${uuid_gpt_disk}; \
name=boot,size=0x6bc00,uuid=${uuid_gpt_boot}; \
name=root,size=0x7538ba00,uuid=${uuid_gpt_root}, \
type=0fc63daf-8483-4772-8e79-3d69d8477de4;
gpt write mmc 0 $partitions
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay73@gmail.com>
The Android sparse image format is currently supported through a file
called aboot, which isn't really such a great name, since the sparse image
format is only used for transferring data with fastboot.
Rename the file and header to a file called "sparse", which also makes it
consistent with the header defining the image structures.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some devices might need to do some per-partition initialization
(ECC/Randomizer settings change for example) before actually accessing it.
Add some hooks before the write and erase operations to let the boards
define what they need to do if needed.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
So far the fastboot code was only supporting MMC-backed devices for its
flashing operations (flash and erase).
Add a storage backend for NAND-backed devices.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The fastboot client will split the sparse images into several chunks if the
image that it tries to flash is bigger than what the device can handle.
In such a case, the bootloader is supposed to retain the last offset to
which it wrote to, so that it can resume the writes at the right offset
when flashing the next chunk.
Retain the last offset we used, and use the session ID to know if we need
it or not.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The fastboot flash command that writes an image to a partition works in
several steps:
1 - Retrieve the maximum size the device can download through the
"max-download-size" variable
2 - Retrieve the partition type through the "partition-type:%s" variable,
that indicates whether or not the partition needs to be erased (even
though the fastboot client has minimal support for that)
3a - If the image is smaller than what the device can handle, send the image
and flash it.
3b - If the image is larger than what the device can handle, create a
sparse image, and split it in several chunks that would fit. Send the
chunk, flash it, repeat until we have no more data to send.
However, in the 3b case, the subsequent transfers have no particular
identifiers, the protocol just assumes that you would resume the writes
where you left it.
While doing so works well, it also means that flashing two subsequent
images on the same partition (for example because the user made a mistake)
would not work withouth flashing another partition or rebooting the board,
which is not really intuitive.
Since we have always the same pattern, we can however maintain a counter
that will be reset every time the client will retrieve max-download-size,
and incremented after each buffer will be flashed, that will allow us to
tell whether we should simply resume the flashing where we were, or start
back at the beginning of the partition.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current sparse image parser relies heavily on the MMC layer, and
doesn't allow any other kind of storage medium to be used.
Rework the parser to support any kind of storage medium, as long as there
is an implementation for it.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The functions and a few define to generate a fastboot message to be sent
back to the host were so far duplicated among the users.
Move them all to a common place.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To check the alignment of the image blocks to the storage blocks, the
current code uses a convoluted syntax, while a simple mod also does the
work.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The chunk parsing code was duplicating a lot of code among the various
chunk types, while all of them could be covered by generic and simple
functions.
Refactor the current code to reuse as much code as possible and hopefully
make the chunk parsing loop more readable and concise.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current sparse image format parser is quite tangled, with a lot of
code duplication.
Start refactoring it by moving the header parsing function to a function
of its own.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The variables bd_t:bi_memstart and bd_t:bi_memsize have to be
initialized also on MIPS. Otherwise LMB and cmd_bdinfo do not
correctly work. This currently breaks the booting of FIT images
on MIPS. Enable the board_init_f hook setup_board_part1()
for MIPS to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use dram bank in board info, so that it displays correct
memory values in bdinfo command.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Many SPI flashes have protection bits (BP2, BP1 and BP0) in the
status register that can protect selected regions of the SPI NOR.
Take these bits into account when performing erase operations,
making sure that the protected areas are skipped.
Tested on a mx6qsabresd:
=> sf probe
SF: Detected M25P32 with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 64 KiB, total 4 MiB
=> sf protect lock 0x3f0000 0x10000
=> sf erase 0x3f0000 0x10000
offset 0x3f0000 is protected and cannot be erased
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0x3f0000 Erased: ERROR
=> sf protect unlock 0x3f0000 0x10000
=> sf erase 0x3f0000 0x10000
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0x3f0000 Erased: OK
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
[re-worked to fit the lock common to dm and non-dm]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
We have the protocol and subclass variables which are used only in
disabled debug code. This code dates back to the initial git import and
seemingly dead code so remove it.
This was detected by Coverity (CID 131117)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently there is no API to uninitialize mdio. Add two APIs for this.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
For most PPC platforms, they will call the first get_clocks() in
init_sequence_f[] as they define CONFIG_PPC. CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLK is
then defined to call the second get_clocks(), which should be
redundant for PPC.
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
In 1fec3c5 I added a check that if we had an Android image we default to
trying the kernel address for a ramdisk. However when we don't have an
Android image buf is NULL and we oops here. Ensure that we have 'buf'
to check first.
Reported-by: elipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, using fdt_fixup_stdout() on a device tree that is missing
the relevant alias results in this:
WARNING: could not set linux,stdout-path FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND.
ERROR: /chosen node create failed
- must RESET the board to recover.
FDT creation failed! hanging...### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
There is no reason for this to be a fatal error rather than a warning,
and removing this allows for a smooth transition on a platform where
the device tree currently lacks the correct aliases but will have them
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
sync with linux v4.2
commit 64291f7db5bd8150a74ad2036f1037e6a0428df2
Author: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Date: Sun Aug 30 11:34:09 2015 -0700
Linux 4.2
This update is needed, as it turned out, that fastmap
was in experimental/broken state in kernel v3.15, which
was the last base for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@vanguardiasur.com.ar>
Change the #ifdef so that the early malloc() area is not set up in SPL if
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START is defined. In that case it would never actually
be used, and just chews up stack space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This function will be used by both SPL and U-Boot proper. So move it into
a common place. Also change the #ifdef so that the early malloc() area is
not set up in SPL if CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START is defined. In that case
it would never actually be used, and just chews up stack space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
itest accesses memory, and hence must map/unmap it. Without doing so, it
accesses invalid addresses and crashes.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Modify the ubifs u-boot wrapper function prototypes for generic fs use,
and give them their own header file.
This is a preparation patch for adding ubifs support to the generic fs
code from fs/fs.c.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
For current U-Boot to initialize status LEDs via status_led_init(), it
is required to have both CONFIG_STATUS_LED and STATUS_LED_BOOT defined.
This may be a particular concern with GPIO LEDs, where __led_init() is
required to correctly set up the GPIO (gpio_request and
gpio_direction_output). Without STATUS_LED_BOOT the initialization isn't
called, which could leave the user with a non-functional "led" command -
due to the fact that the LED routines in gpio_led.c use gpio_set_value()
just fine, but the GPIO never got set up properly in the first place.
I think having CONFIG_STATUS_LED is sufficient to justify a
corresponding call to status_led_init(), even with no STATUS_LED_BOOT
defined. To do so, common/board_r.c needs call that routine, so it now
is exposed via status_led.h.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Nortmann <bernhard.nortmann@web.de>
[trini: Add dummy __led_init to pca9551_led.c]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Export fdt_blob to the environment variable. So that we may
use it to boot Linux.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As every TPM drivers support UCLASS_TPM, we can only rely on DM_TPM
functions.
This simplify a bit the code.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current name is inconsistent with other driver model data access
functions. Rename it and fix up all users.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Start a new timer after relocation, just in case the
timer has been used in per-relocation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Zap almost all of the ad-hoc timer code from interrupts.c and
use the code in lib/time.c instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Many System on Chip(SoC) solutions are complex with multiple processors
on the same die dedicated to either general purpose of specialized
functions. Many examples do exist in today's SoCs from various vendors.
Typical examples are micro controllers such as an ARM M3/M0 doing a
offload of specific function such as event integration or power
management or controlling camera etc.
Traditionally, the responsibility of loading up such a processor with a
firmware and communication has been with a High Level Operating
System(HLOS) such as Linux. However, there exists classes of products
where Linux would need to expect services from such a processor or the
delay of Linux and operating system being able to load up such a
firmware is unacceptable.
To address these needs, we need some minimal capability to load such a
system and ensure it is started prior to an Operating System(Linux or
any other) is started up.
NOTE: This is NOT meant to be a solve-all solution, instead, it tries to
address certain class of SoCs and products that need such a solution.
A very simple model is introduced here as part of the initial support
that supports microcontrollers with internal memory (no MMU, no
execution from external memory, or specific image format needs). This
basic framework can then (hopefully) be extensible to other complex SoC
processor support as need be.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
VxWorks on x86 uses stack to pass parameters.
Reported-by: Jian Luo <jian.luo4@boschrexroth.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
E820 is critical to the kernel as it provides system memory map
information. Pass it to an x86 VxWorks kernel.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Jian Luo <jian.luo4@boschrexroth.de>
So far VxWorks bootline can be contructed from various environment
variables, but when these variables do not exist we get these from
corresponding config macros. This is not helpful as it requires
rebuilding U-Boot, and to make sure these config macros take effect
we should not have these environment variables. This is a little
bit complex and confusing.
Now we change the logic to always contruct the bootline from
environments (the only single source), by adding two new variables
"bootdev" and "othbootargs", and adding some comments about network
related settings mentioning they are optional. The doc about the
bootline handling is also updated.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
There are fields in VxWorks bootline for netmask and gatewayip.
We can get these from U-Boot environment variables and pass them
to VxWorks, just like ipaddr and serverip.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remember the position in the VxWorks bootline buffer to avoid the call
to strlen() each time.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move load_elf_image_phdr() and load_elf_image_shdr() to the beginning
of the cmd_elf.c so that forward declaration is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This commit cleans up cmd_elf.c per U-Boot coding convention,
and removes the unnecessary DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR and out-of-date
powerpc comments (it actually supports not only powerpc targets).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It's useful to get a a trace of memory allocations in early init. Add a
debug() call to provide that. It can be enabled by adding '#define DEBUG'
to the top of the file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
malloc_simple uses a part of the stack as heap, initially it uses
SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN bytes which typically is quite small as the initial
stacks sits in SRAM and we do not have that much SRAM to work with.
When DRAM becomes available we may switch the stack from SRAM to DRAM
to give use more room. This commit adds support for also switching to
a new bigger malloc_simple heap located in the new stack.
Note that this requires spl_init to be called before spl_relocate_stack_gd
which in practice means that spl_init must be called from board_init_f.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
common/dlmalloc.c is quite big, both in .text and .data usage, therefor
on some boards the SPL is build to use only malloc_simple.c and not the
dlmalloc.c code. This is done in various include/configs/foo.h with the
following construct:
#ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
#define CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
#endif
This commit introduces a SPL_MALLOC_SIMPLE Kconfig bool which allows
selecting this functionality through Kconfig instead.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
spl_relocate_stack_gd only gets called from arch/arm/lib/crt0.S which
clears the bss directly after calling it, so there is no need to clear
it from spl_relocate_stack_gd.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The changes in ed6a5d4 unintentionally broke support for reading the
environment saved to eeprom back. To correct this the crc-check and
decision on which environment to use is now moved to env_relocate_spec.
This is done for both the "redundant env" and the "single env" case.
Signed-off-by: Ludger Dreier <ludger.dreier@keymile.com>
In 2dd4632 the check for where a ramdisk is found on an Android image
was got moved into the "normal" loop here, causing people to have to
pass the kernel address in the ramdisk address location in order to have
Android boot still. This changed previous behavior so perform a check
early in the function to see if we have an Android image and if so use
that as where to look for the ramdisk (which is what the rest of the
code here expects). We allow for this to still be overridden with an
explicit ramdisk address to be passed as normal.
Cc: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If an Android boot image does not contain a ramdisk, make sure rd_len
and rd_data are returned to indicate no ramdisk rather than just relying
on returning an error.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
This patch adds support for LZ4-compressed FIT image contents. This
algorithm has a slightly worse compression ration than LZO while being
nearly twice as fast to decompress. When loading images from a fast
storage medium this usually results in a boot time win.
Sandbox-tested only since I don't have a U-Boot development system set
up right now. The code was imported unchanged from coreboot where it's
proven to work, though. I'm mostly interested in getting this recognized
by mkImage for use in a downstream project.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change the load_image so that it returns success or failure of the
command (using CMD_RET_SUCCESS or CMD_RET_FAILURE).
This way, hush scripts can optionally load different files depending
upon the system configuration.
A simple example:
if afs load ${kernel_name} ${kernel_addr}; then echo loaded; else echo \
not loaded; fi
Signed-off-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Add a command to the ARM flash support to check if an image exists or
not.
If the image is found, it will return CMD_RET_SUCCESS, else
CMD_RET_FAILURE. This allows hush scripts to conditionally load images.
A simple example:
if afs exists ${kernel_name}; then echo found; else echo \
not found; fi
Signed-off-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
CONFIG_NETCONSOLE causes common/bootm.c to call eth_unregister()
for network device shutdown. However, with CONFIG_DM_ETH this
function is no longer defined.
This is a workaround to avoid the call in that case, and solely
rely on eth_halt(). In case this is insufficient, a proper way
to unregister / remove network devices needs to be implemented.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Nortmann <bernhard.nortmann@web.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The gd->malloc_ptr and the gd->malloc_limit are offsets to gd->malloc_base.
But the addr variable contains the absolute address. The new_ptr must be:
addr + bytes - gd->malloc_base.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Rosenberger <ilu@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
The command:
ethsw [port <port_no>] ingress filtering
{ [help] | show | enable | disable }
- enable/disable VLAN ingress filtering on port
can be used to enable/disable/show VLAN ingress filtering on a port.
This command has also been added to the ethsw generic parser
from common/cmd_ethsw.c
Signed-off-by: Johnson Leung <johnson.leung@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The command:
ethsw vlan fdb { [help] | show | shared | private }
- make VLAN learning shared or private"
configures the FDB to share the FDB entries learned on multiple VLANs
or to keep them separated. By default, the FBD uses private VLAN
learning. This command has also been added to the ethsw generic parser
from common/cmd_ethsw.c
Signed-off-by: Johnson Leung <johnson.leung@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The new added commands can be used to configure VLANs for a port
on both ingress and egress.
The new commands are:
ethsw [port <port_no>] pvid { [help] | show | <pvid> }
- set/show PVID (ingress and egress VLAN tagging) for a port;
ethsw [port <port_no>] vlan { [help] | show | add <vid> | del <vid> }
- add a VLAN to a port (VLAN members);
ethsw [port <port_no>] untagged { [help] | show | all | none | pvid }
- set egress tagging mod for a port"
ethsw [port <port_no>] egress tag { [help] | show | pvid | classified }
- Configure VID source for egress tag. Tag's VID could be the
frame's classified VID or the PVID of the port
These commands have also been added to the ethsw generic parser from
common/cmd_ethsw.c
Signed-off-by: Johnson Leung <johnson.leung@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The new command:
ethsw [port <port_no>] [vlan <vid>] fdb
{ [help] | show | flush | { add | del } <mac> }
Can be used to add and delete FDB entries. Also, the command can be used
to show entries from the FDB tables. When used with [port <port_no>]
and [vlan <vid>], only the matching the FDB entries can be seen or
flushed. The command has also been added to the generic ethsw parser
from cmd_ethsw.c.
Signed-off-by: Johnson Leung <johnson.leung@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The code that checks if a string has the format of a MAC address has been
moved to a separate function called eth_validate_ethaddr_str().
This has been done to allow other components (such as vsc9953 driver)
to validate a MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The command:
ethsw [port <port_no>] learning { [help] | show | auto | disable }
can be used to enable/disable HW learning on a port.
This patch also adds this command to the generic ethsw parser from
cmd_ethsw.
Signed-off-by: Johnson Leung <johnson.leung@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The new added command:
ethsw [port <port_no>] statistics { [help] | [clear] }
will print counters like the number of Rx/Tx frames,
number of Rx/Tx bytes, number of Rx/Tx unicast frames, etc.
This patch also adds this commnd in the genereric ethsw
parser from cmd_ethsw.c
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
This patch creates a flexible parser for Ethernet Switch
configurations that should support complex commands.
The parser searches for predefined keywords in the command
and calls the proper function when a match is found.
Also, the parser allows for optional keywords, such as
"port", to apply the command on a port
or on all ports. For now, the defined commands are:
ethsw [port <port_no>] { enable | disable | show }
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Bigger source buffer than dest buffer could overflow when copying
strings. Source and destination buffer sizes are same now.
Signed-off-by: Imran Zaman <imran.zaman@intel.com>
Now that we have a new header file for cache-aligned allocation, we should
move the stack-based allocation macro there also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present malloc.h is included everywhere since it recently was added to
common.h in this commit:
4519668 mtd/nand/ubi: assortment of alignment fixes
This seems wasteful and unnecessary. We have been trying to trim down
common.h and put separate functions into separate header files and that
change goes in the opposite direction.
Move malloc_cache_aligned() to a new header so that this can be avoided.
The header would perhaps be better named as alignmem.h but it needs to be
included after common.h and people might be confused by this. With the name
memalign.h it fits nicely after malloc() in most cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The "dfu" command has been extended to support transfers via TFTP protocol.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@majess.pl>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This code allows using DFU defined mediums for storing data received via
TFTP protocol.
It reuses and preserves functionality of legacy code at common/update.c.
The update_tftp() function now accepts parameters - namely medium device
name and its number (e.g. mmc 1).
Without this information passed old behavior is preserved.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@majess.pl>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Up till now it was impossible to use code from update.c when system
was not equipped with raw FLASH memory.
Such behavior prevented DFU from reusing this code.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@majess.pl>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Rockchip boot ROM requires a particular file format for booting from SPI.
It consists of a 512-byte header encoded with RC4, some padding and then up
to 32KB of executable code in 2KB blocks, separated by 2KB empty blocks.
Add support to mkimage so that an SPL image (u-boot-spl-dtb.bin) can be
converted to this format. This allows booting from SPI flash on supported
machines.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Rockchip boot ROM requires a particular file format. It consists of
64KB of zeroes, a 512-byte header encoded with RC4, and then some executable
code.
Add support to mkimage so that an SPL image (u-boot-spl-dtb.bin) can be
converted to this format.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rockchip SoCs require certain formats for code that they execute, The
simplest format is a 4-byte header at the start of a binary file. Add
support for this so that we can create images that the boot ROM understands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These tests come from Chrome OS code. They are not particularly tidy but can
be useful for checking that the TPM is behaving correctly. Some knowledge of
TPM operation is required to use these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard<christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add a command to display basic information about a TPM such as the model and
open/close state. This can be useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Rather then crashing when there is no data, print an error. The error is
printed by the caller to parse_byte_string().
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
When a 'tpm' command fails, we set the return code but give no indication
of failure. This can be confusing.
Add an error message when any tpm command fails.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard<christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
I2C chips can support a register offset, with registers accessible by
sending this offset as the first part of any read or write transaction.
Most I2C chips have a single byte offset, thus the offset length is 1.
This provides access for up 256 registers.
However other offset lengths are supported, including 0.
Add a command to provide access to the offset length from the command
line. This allows the offset length to be read or written.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard<christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add driver model support to the TPM command and the TPM library. Both
support only a single TPM at present.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard<christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add new Kconfig options for TPMs in preparation for moving boards to use
Kconfig for TPM configuration.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard<christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Various U-Boot adoptions/extensions to MTD/NAND/UBI did not take buffer
alignment into account which led to failures of the following form:
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - start address is not aligned - 0x1f7f0108
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - stop address is not aligned - 0x1f7f1108
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
[trini: Add __UBOOT__ hunk to lib/zlib/zutil.c due to malloc.h in common.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The set_default_env() function from env_common.c expects either
a fully formatted error msg, e.g.: "## Resetting to default environment\n"
or an error msg prefixed with an !, in which case it will format it.
Fix the init_mmc_for_env() error messages to be prefixed with a !
this changes the bootup-log on sunxi when no mmc card is found from:
MMC: SUNXI SD/MMC: 0
No MMC card foundIn: serial
Out: serial
To:
MMC: SUNXI SD/MMC: 0
*** Warning - No MMC card found, using default environment
In: serial
Out: serial
Which clearly is how things should look.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
This should use the align parameter, not bytes. Natural alignment is one
use case but should not be the only one supported by this function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
GCC 5.1 starts warning for comparisons such as !a > 0, assuming that the
negation was meant to apply to the whole expression rather than just the
left operand.
Indeed the comparison in the FIT loadable code is confusingly written,
though it does end up doing the right thing. Rewrite the condition to be
more explicit, that is, iterate over strings until they're exhausted.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move x86_fsp_init() call after initf_malloc() so that we can fix up
the gd->malloc_limit later.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have flipped CONFIG_SPL_DISABLE_OF_CONTROL. We have cleansing
devices, $(SPL_) and CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(), so we are ready to clear
away the ugly logic in include/fdtdec.h:
#ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
# if defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD) && !defined(SPL_OF_CONTROL)
# define OF_CONTROL 0
# else
# define OF_CONTROL 1
# endif
#else
# define OF_CONTROL 0
#endif
Now CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OF_CONTROL) is the substitute. It refers to
CONFIG_OF_CONTROL for U-boot proper and CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL for
SPL.
Also, we no longer have to cancel CONFIG_OF_CONTROL in
include/config_uncmd_spl.h and scripts/Makefile.spl.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
As we discussed a couple of times, negative CONFIG options make our
life difficult; CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF, ...
and here is another one.
Now, there are three boards enabling OF_CONTROL on SPL:
- socfpga_arria5_defconfig
- socfpga_cyclone5_defconfig
- socfpga_socrates_defconfig
This commit adds CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL for them and deletes
CONFIG_SPL_DISABLE_OF_CONTROL from the other boards to invert
the logic.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This causes widespread breakage due to the operation of the low-level code
in crt0.S and cro0_64.S for ARM at least.
The fix is not complicated but it seems safer to revert this for now.
This reverts commit 2afddae075.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use memalign() with ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN to allocate read buffers.
This is required because, flash drivers may use DMA for read operations
and may have to invalidate the buffer before read.
Signed-off-by: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Use memalign() with ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN to allocate read buffers.
This is required because, flash drivers may use DMA for read operations
and may have to invalidate the buffer before read.
Signed-off-by: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
There is quite a bit of assembler code that can be removed if we use the
generic global_data setup. Less arch-specific code makes it easier to add
new features and maintain the start-up code.
Drop the unneeded code and adjust the hooks in board_f.c to cope.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present we have a simple assignment to gd. With some archs this is
implemented as a register or through some other means; a simple assignment
does not suit in all cases.
Change this to a function and add documentation to describe how this all
works.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some archs like to have larger alignment for their global data. Use 16 bytes
which suits all current archs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
bd->bi_dram[] has both start address and size defined as 32-bit,
which is not the case on some platforms where >=4GiB memory bank
is used. Change them to support such memory banks.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This fixes the following warning (and the runtime error reporting):
../common/image-fdt.c:491:4: warning: 'fdt_ret' may be used
uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow showing custom board info from a checkboard() function being
implemented if CONFIG_CUSTOM_BOARDINFO is specified. Previously the
device tree model was always displayed not taking any
CONFIG_CUSTOM_BOARDINFO into account.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The following commit changed the order of the column vs. row parameter
to the lcd_init_console() function but missed actually changing it as
well the second time it is called from lcd_clear() which resulted in a
garbled text console which this patch fixes.
commit 604c7d4a5a
common/lcd_console: introduce display/framebuffer rotation
Tested on Colibri T20 with my latest assortment of tegra
fixes/enhancements patch set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add option to set shell prompt string from menuconfig and migrate
boards globally.
The migration is done as follows:
- Boards that explicitly and unconditionally set CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT had the
entry moved to their defconfig files.
- Boards that defined some kind of #ifdef logic which selects the
CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT (for example qemu-mips) got an #undef CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT
right before the #ifdef logic and were left alone.
- This change forces CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT to be a per board decision, and thus
CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT was removed from all <soc>_common.h and <arch>_common.h
files. This results in a streamlined default value across platforms, and
includes the following files: spear-common, sunxi-common, mv-common,
ti_armv7_common, tegra-common, at91-sama5_common, and zynq-common.
- Boards that relied on <arch/soc>_common.h values of CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT were
not updated in their respective defconfig files under the assumption that
since they did not explicitly define a value, they're fine with whatever
the default is.
- On the other hand, boards that relied on a value defined in some
<boards>_common.h file such as woodburn_common, rpi-common,
bur_am335x_common, ls2085a_common, siemens_am33x_common, and
omap3_evm_common, had their values moved to the respective defconfig files.
- The define V_PROMPT was removed, since it is not used anywhere except for
assigning a value for CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT.
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
[trini: Add spring, sniper, smartweb to conversion]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Modify the data pointer type from ulong* to u32*.
For arm64 type "ulong" could be 64-bit. Then in line 89 of common/cmd_source.c:
"while (*data++);" data will point to the next 64 bits each time. As the uImage
file generated by mkimage tool keeps the same data format in either 32-bit or 64-bit
platform, the difference would cause failure in 64-bit platform.
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@freescale.com>
If a dtb is specified on the command-line, the Android boot image ramdisk
will not be found. Fix this so that we can specify the ramdisk address and
dtb address. The syntax is to enter the Android boot image address for
both the kernel and ramdisk.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
This patch enables building SPL without
CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT support.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Ensure we build arch/arm/imx-common on mx28]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When a regulator command cannot honour the requested voltage, display the
limits to try to be helpful.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
The following commit enforces CONFIG_DM_ETH for USB Ethernet which
breaks any board using CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER without CONFIG_DM_ETH
which this patch fixes.
commit 69559093f6
dm: usb: Avoid using USB ethernet with CONFIG_DM_USB and no DM_ETH
Tested on Colibri T20/T30 as well as Apalis T30 with
CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER and CONFIG_USB_ETHER_ASIX enabled and a LevelOne
USB-0301 ASIX AX88772 dongle.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The code in question polls an USB port status via USB_REQ_GET_STATUS
to determine whether there is a device on the port or not. The way to
figure that out is to check two bits. Those are wPortChange[0] and
wPortStatus[0].
The wPortChange[0] indicates whether some kind of a connection status
change happened on a port (a device was plugged or unplugged). The
wPortStatus[0] bit indicates the status of the connection (plugged or
unplugged).
The current code tests whether wPortChange[0] == wPortStatus[0] and
if that's the case, considers the loop polling for the presence of a
USB device on port finished.
This works for most USB sticks, since they come up really quickly and
trigger the USB port change detection before the first iteration of the
detection loop happens. Thus, both wPortChange[0] and wPortStatus[0]
are set to 1 and thus equal. The loop is existed in it's first iteration
and the stick is detected correctly.
The problem is with some obscure USB sticks, which take some time before
they pop up on the bus after the port was enabled. In this case, both
the wPortChange[0] and wPortStatus[0] are 0. They are equal again, so
the loop again exits in the first iteration, but this is incorrect, as
such USB stick didn't have the opportunity to get detected on the bus.
Rework the code such, that it checks for wPortChange[0] first to test
if any connection change happened at all. If no change occured, keep
polling. If a change did occur, test the wPortStatus[0] to see there is
some device present on the port and only if this is the case, break out
of the polling loop.
This patch also trims down the duration of the polling loop from 10s
per port to 1s per port. This is still annoyingly long, but there is
no better option in case of U-Boot unfortunatelly. This change will
most likely increase the duration of 'usb start' on some platforms,
but this is needed to fix a bug.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
The EFI memory map is passed from the stub to U-Boot in a table. Add a
command to display it in a vaguely readable fashion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested on QEMU
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When running U-Boot as an EFI application we cannot relocate since we do not
have relocation information. U-Boot has already been relocated to a suitable
address.
Add a global_data flag to control skipping relocation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When U-Boot runs as an EFI application is does not have a definition of
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE. U-Boot is a relocatable application and the relocation
is done by EFI. U-Boot can be loaded at any address.
This is similar to how sandbox works. Adjust the early board init to deal
with this.
Signed-off-by: Ben Stoltz <stoltz@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add '\n' for debug msg.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use one command for showing overall CPU status than several without
knowing how many cpus is available in the system.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The sysboot and pxe commands currently support either U-Boot formats or
raw zImages. Add support for the AArch64 Linux port's native image format
too.
As with zImage support, there is no auto-detection of the native image
format. Rather, if the image is auto-detected as a U-Boot format, U-Boot
will try to interpret it as such. Otherwise, U-Boot will fall back to a
raw/native image format, if one is enabled.
My belief is that CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ won't ever be enabled for any AArch64
port, hence there's never a need to differentiate between CONFIG_CMD_
_BOOTI and _BOOTZ at run-time; compile-time will do. Even if this isn't
true, we want to prefer _BOOTI over _BOOTZ when defined, since _BOOTI is
definitely the native format for AArch64.
Change-Id: I83c5cc7566032afd72516de46f4e5eb7a780284a
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
In case of enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL and has a "model" property in the root node,
the board special "checkboard" will not be called.
Usually we show some useful version information in the function.
This patch enable call "checkboard" in any case.
It is not conflicting with showing "model" at the same time.
For example on LS2085AQDS:
Showing "model" only:
Model: Freescale Layerscape 2085a QDS Board
Showing "checkboard" only:
Board: LS2085E-QDS, Board Arch: V1, Board version: B, boot from vBank: 4
Showing both:
Model: Freescale Layerscape 2085a QDS Board
Board: LS2085E-QDS, Board Arch: V1, Board version: B, boot from vBank: 4
Signed-off-by: Haikun Wang <haikun.wang@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch introduces the option to boot from a MMC card parition with
an offset. This can be done by using both defines together:
define CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION 1
define CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR ((160 << 10) / 512)
The example above loads the main U-Boot at offset 160KiB from the MMC
partition 1.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Cc: Dirk Eibach <eibach@gdsys.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since we're now using a dynamic controller index for fastboot too,
usb_gadget_handle_interrupts should be using it instead of 0 (despite the fact
that it's currently not being used at all in the musb-new implementation).
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Each USB download function command calls board_usb_init before registering the
USB gadget and board_usb_cleanup after de-registering it. On devices currently
using fasboot, musb-new is usually initialized earlier, but some other boards
might need the board_usb_init call to properly initialize musb-new.
This requires adding an argument (the USB controller index) to the fastboot
command, as it is currently done with other USB download gadget functions.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Tested-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Test HW: Odroid_XU3 (Exynos5422), trats (Exynos4210)
In Linux USB_DEVICE() is used to declare a USB device by vendor/device ID.
We should follow the same convention in U-Boot. Rename the existing
USB_DEVICE() macro to U_BOOT_USB_DEVICE() and bring in the USB_DEVICE()
macro from Linux for use in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present USB Ethernet does not work with CONFIG_DM_ETH. Add driver model
support to this feature, so that it can work alongside other Ethernet
devices with driver model.
It was found that quite a bit of code is common in most of the USB Ethernet
drivers. Add this code to the common layer to reduce the amount of duplicate
code needed in USB Ethernet drivers when CONFIG_DM_ETH is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
If driver model is used for Ethernet then USB Ethernet does not build. This
can be made to work with driver model is used for USB also. Add #ifdef logic
to make this clear when building.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
At present all PCI devices must be present in the device tree in order to
be used. Many or most PCI devices don't require any configuration other than
that which is done automatically by U-Boot. It is inefficent to add a node
with nothing but a compatible string in order to get a device working.
Add a mechanism whereby PCI drivers can be declared along with the device
parameters they support (vendor/device/class). When no suitable driver is
found in the device tree the list of such devices is consulted to determine
the correct driver. If this also fails, then a generic driver is used as
before.
The mechanism used is very similar to that provided by Linux and the header
file defintions are copied from Linux 4.1.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
On some single port (otg) controllers there is no emulated root hub, so
the first child (if any) may be one of: UCLASS_MASS_STORAGE,
UCLASS_USB_DEV_GENERIC or UCLASS_USB_HUB.
All three of these (and in the future others) are suitable for our
purposes, remove the check for the device being a hub, and add a check to
deal with the fact that there may be no child-dev.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
last_child was abused by the old usb code to first store 1 if the
usb_device was not the root of the usb tree, and then later on re-used
to store whether or not the usb_device is actually the last child.
The dm-usb code was always setting it to actually reflect the last-child
status which is wrong for the last child leading to output like this:
USB device tree:
1 Hub (12 Mb/s, 100mA)
| ALCOR USB Hub 2.0
|
| 2 Mass Storage (12 Mb/s, 100mA)
| USB Flash Disk 4C0E960F
|
+-3 Human Interface (1.5 Mb/s, 100mA)
SINO WEALTH USB Composite Device
Instead of this:
USB device tree:
1 Hub (12 Mb/s, 100mA)
| ALCOR USB Hub 2.0
|
+-2 Mass Storage (12 Mb/s, 100mA)
| USB Flash Disk 4C0E960F
|
+-3 Human Interface (1.5 Mb/s, 100mA)
SINO WEALTH USB Composite Device
This commit fixes this by first checking that the device is not root,
and then setting last_child. This commit also updates the old code to not
abuse the last_child variable to store the root check result.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an usb_device parameter to usb_reset_root_port so that it knows which
root-port it is resetting. This is necessary for proper device-model support
for usb_reset_root_port.
Also remove a duplicate declaration of usb_reset_root_port() from usb.h .
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pass the usb_device instead of the portnr to usb_legacy_port_reset and
rename it to usb_hub_port_reset as there is nothing legacy about it.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drop the unneeded portnr function argument, the portnr is part of the
usb_device struct which is passed via the dev argument.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The device-model usb_legacy_port_reset function calls the device-model
usb_port_reset function which is a 1 on 1 copy of the non dm
usb_legacy_port_reset and this is the only use of usb_port_reset in all
of u-boot.
Drop both, and alway use the usb_legacy_port_reset() version in
common/usb.c .
Also while at it make it static as it is only used in common/usb.c .
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As a debug option, add positive confirmation that SPL has completed
execution. This can help with diagnosing the location of unexpected hangs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an spl_init() function that does basic init such that board_init_f() can
use simple malloc(), device tree and driver model. Each one is set up only
if enabled for SPL.
Note: We really should refactor SPL such that there is a single
board_init_f() and rename the existing weak board_init_f() functions
provided by boards, calling them from the single board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present printf() skips output if it can see there is no console. This
is really just an optimisation, and is not necessary. Also it is currently
incorrect in some cases. Rather than update the logic, just remove it so
that we don't need to keep it in sync.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When there is no console ready, allow the debug UART to be used for output.
This makes debugging of early code considerably easier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Offer to display the available image types in help. Also, rather than
hacking the genimg_get_type_id() function to display a list of types,
do this in the tool. Also, sort the list.
The list of image types is quite long, and hard to discover. Print it out
when we show help information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 90fbee3e40 ("cmd_fdt: Actually fix fdt command in sandbox")
changed the format(from hex address to unsigned long) in which "fdtaddr"
is saved . However do_fdt continues reads the "fdtaddr" assuming it to
be in hex format. This may lead to fdt being either loaded or attempted
to load at erroneous address generating fault if the address is out of
memory.
This patch changes back the format to hex while saving the "fdtaddr"
as it was done before.
Signed-off-by: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Hua Yanghao <huayanghao@gmail.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Avoid clearing the reg property in the memory DT node if no memory
banks have been specified for a board (CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS == 0).
This allows boards to let U-Boot skip the DT memory tinkering in case
other firmware has already setup the node properly before.
This should be safe as all callers of fdt_fixup_memory_banks that use
a computed <banks> value put at least 1 in there.
Add some documentation comments to the header file.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <osp@andrep.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently CONFIG_DM_I2C is used in cmd_date.c for driver model,
but it should be actually CONFIG_DM_RTC.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than just 'ERROR', display the error code, which may be useful, at
least with driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
The call to FspInitEntry is done in arch/x86/lib/fsp/fsp_car.S so far.
It worked pretty well but looks not that good. Apart from doing too
much work than just enabling CAR, it cannot read the configuration
data from device tree at that time. Now we want to move it a little
bit later as part of init_sequence_f[] being called by board_init_f().
This way it looks and works better in the U-Boot initialization path.
Due to FSP's design, after calling FspInitEntry it will not return to
its caller, instead it jumps to a continuation function which is given
by bootloader with a new stack in system memory. The original stack in
the CAR is gone, but its content is perserved by FSP and described by
a bootloader temporary memory HOB. Technically we can recover anything
we had before in the previous stack, but that is way too complicated.
To make life much easier, in the FSP continuation routine we just
simply call fsp_init_done() and jump back to car_init_ret() to redo
the whole board_init_f() initialization, but this time with a non-zero
HOB list pointer saved in U-Boot's global data so that we can bypass
the FspInitEntry for the second time.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Andrew Bradford <andrew.bradford@kodakalaris.com>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 2b42c9317d ("ahci: support LBA48 data reads for 2+TB drives")
introduced conditional code which triggers a warning when compiled
with DEBUG enabled:
In file included from common/cmd_scsi.c:12:0:
common/cmd_scsi.c: In function 'scsi_read':
include/common.h:109:4: warning: 'smallblks' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
...
Since this is for debug only, take the easy way and initialize the
variable explicitly on declaration to avoid the warning.
(Fix a nearby whitespace error on the way.)
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <osp@andrep.de>
If flash pointer is used free it, before probing a new
flash and storing it in flash.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
With this patch, it is possible to get the offset and size information
from the mtdpartiton setting in "mtdparts", similiar to the
"nand" commandos.
=> sf
sf - SPI flash sub-system
Usage:
sf probe [[bus:]cs] [hz] [mode] - init flash device on given SPI bus
and chip select
sf read addr offset|partition len - read `len' bytes starting at
`offset' to memory at `addr'
sf write addr offset|partition len - write `len' bytes from memory
at `addr' to flash at `offset'
sf erase offset|partition [+]len - erase `len' bytes from `offset'
`+len' round up `len' to block size
sf update addr offset|partition len - erase and write `len' bytes from memory
at `addr' to flash at `offset'
=>
for example "env" is defined in mtdparts:
=> sf read 13000000 env
device 0 offset 0xd0000, size 0x10000
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0xd0000 Read: OK
zynq-uboot> mtdparts add nor0 0x10000@0x0 env
zynq-uboot> sf erase env 0x10000
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0x0 Erased: OK
zynq-uboot> sf write 0x100 env
device 0 offset 0x0, size 0x10000
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0x0 Written: OK
zynq-uboot> sf read 0x40000 env
device 0 offset 0x0, size 0x10000
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0x0 Read: OK
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Move common functions from cmd_nand.c (for calculating offset
and size from cmdline paramter) to common place, so they could
used from other commands which use mtd partitions.
For onenand the arg_off_size() is left in common/cmd_onenand.c.
It should use now the common arg_off() function, but as I could
not test onenand I let it there ...
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Add MTD layer driver for spi, original patch from:
http://git.denx.de/?p=u-boot/u-boot-mips.git;a=commitdiff;h=bb246819cdc90493dd7089eaa51b9e639765cced
Changes from Heiko Schocher against this patch:
- Remove compile error if not defining CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MTD:
LD drivers/mtd/spi/built-in.o
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_probe.o: In function `spi_flash_mtd_unregister':
/home/hs/abb/imx6/u-boot/drivers/mtd/spi/sf_internal.h:168: multiple definition of `spi_flash_mtd_unregister'
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_params.o:/home/hs/abb/imx6/u-boot/drivers/mtd/spi/sf_internal.h:168: first defined here
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_ops.o: In function `spi_flash_mtd_unregister':
/home/hs/abb/imx6/u-boot/drivers/mtd/spi/sf_internal.h:168: multiple definition of `spi_flash_mtd_unregister'
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_params.o:/home/hs/abb/imx6/u-boot/drivers/mtd/spi/sf_internal.h:168: first defined here
make[1]: *** [drivers/mtd/spi/built-in.o] Fehler 1
make: *** [drivers/mtd/spi] Fehler 2
- Add a README entry.
- Add correct writebufsize, to fit with Linux v3.14
MTD, UBI/UBIFS sync.
Note (From Jagan): For testing raw mtd parition erase/read/write operations
using cmd_sf, sf_mtd should be required to register the spi flash device to
MTD layer but the sf_mtd_info ops were not required until and unless if we
use any flash filesystem layer say for example UBI. Due to this the foot-print
got increased ~290bytes in non-UBI case here that should be acceptible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
This sets the default commands Kconfig to match
include/config_cmd_default.h commands in the common/Kconfig and removes
them from include/configs.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
[trini: rastaban, am43xx_evm_usbhost_boot, am43xx_evm_ethboot updates]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This command needs to exist in the Kconfig so that it can be moved from
the config_cmd_default.h.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This introduces the part start and part size sub-commands. The purpose of these
is to store the start block and size of a partition in a variable, given the
device and partition number.
This allows reading raw data that fits a single partition more easily.
For instance, this could be used to figure out the start block and size of a
kernel partition when a partition table is present, given the partition number.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
[trini: Change "%lx" to LBAF]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When we're polling and thus handling key-repeat in software, make sure
to disable idle reports, some keyboards may have these enabled by default
messing up our software keyrepeat.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
This allows using only one of either raw or fs mode for SPL mmc boot, without
the need to have provisions for the other. In particular, a device may have
U-Boot installed on a file system on the mmc, without ever needing to read
U-Boot from raw memory. Thus, there is no reason to provide a sector or
partition for raw mode. This allows this behaviour and still provides a robust
fallback mechanism in case provisions for both modes are defined.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Enable full 48-bit LBA48 data reads by passing the upper word of the
LBA block pointer in bytes 9 and 10 of the FIS.
This allows uboot to load data from any arbitrary sector on a drive
with 2 or more TB of available data connected to an AHCI controller.
Signed-off-by: Mark Langsdorf <mark.langsdorf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <osp@andrep.de>
[trini: Make use of CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA in a few places to drop
warnings on platforms that don't enable that feature ]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
sometimes it is usefull to know if board-detection has
written the correct value into gd->board_type.
For this we add some output to the bdinfo command.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
For 16-bit-per-pixel displays it is useful to support 8 bit-per-pixel
images to reduce image size. Add support for this when drawing BMP images.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We try to avoid typedefs and these ones are easy enough to remove. Before
changing this header in the next patch, remove the typedefs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch adds the feature to only stop the autobooting, and therefor
boot into the U-Boot prompt, when the input string / password matches
a values that is encypted via a SHA256 hash and saved in the environment.
This feature is enabled by defined these config options:
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR_SHA256
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch moves the following config options to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
AUTOBOOT_KEYED_CTRLC
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Drop ip04 and pm9263 configs/ additions, those boards previously
set CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT but never used it, re-run savedefconfig over
all boards that did change. Make digsy_mtc_* string include seconds to
match others and not warn. ]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
These defines for a 2nd autoboot stop and delay string are nearly unused. Only
sc3 defines CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2. And a patch to remove this most likely
unmaintained board is also posted to the list.
By removing these defines the code will become cleaner and moving the remaining
compile options to Kconfig will get easier.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This fixes the following compiler warning:
In file included from tools/common/image-fit.c:1:0:
./tools/../common/image-fit.c: In function ‘fit_conf_print’:
./tools/../common/image-fit.c:1470:27: warning: logical not is only applied
to the left hand side of comparison [-Wlogical-not-parentheses]
(const char **)&uname) > 0;
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Before device-tree, the device serial number used to be passed to the kernel
using ATAGs (on ARM). This is now deprecated and all the handover to the kernel
should now be done using device-tree. Thus, this passes the serial-number
property to the kernel using the serial-number property of the root node, as
expected by the kernel.
The serial number is a string that somewhat represents the device's serial
number. It might come from some form of storage (e.g. an eeprom) and be
programmed at factory-time by the manufacturer or come from identification
bits available in e.g. the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sgj@chromium.org>
Eliminate the following build warning in atapi_inquiry():
"warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]"
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This also selects CONFIG_NET for any CONFIG_CMD_NET board.
Remove the imx default for CONFIG_NET.
This moves the config that was defined by 60296a8 (commands: add more
command entries in Kconfig).
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Another shell scripting command that has not been moved.
Moved using tools/moveconfig.py using these settings:
CMD_SETEXPR bool n y
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The usb-kbd key repeat code assumes that reports get repeated every 40 ms,
this is never true when using CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_CONTROL_EP, and
does not always works for CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL and
CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_INT_QUEUE since not all usb keyboards honor
the usb_set_idle() command.
For CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL we must use usb_set_idle() since we do a
blocking wait for the hid report, so if we do not tell the keyboard to send
a hid report every 40ms even if nothing changes then we will block u-boot
for 1s (the default u-boot usb interrupt packet timeout). Note that in this
case on keyboards which do not support usb_set_idle() we loose and we actually
get 1s latencies on other u-boot activities.
For the other poll-methods this commit stops using usb_set_idle() and instead
repeats the last received hid-report every 40 ms as long as no new hid-report
is received. This fixes key-repeat not working at all with
CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_CONTROL_EP and fixes it not working with
keyboards which do not implement usb_set_idle() when using
CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_INT_QUEUE.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
common/image.c currently implicitly depends on CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS
when CONFIG_ARM is enabled. Make this requirement explicit.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <mporter@konsulko.com>
gd->ram_size is stored as phys_size_t type which can be bigger than an
unsigned long on some architectures. When using unsigned long type,
SDRAM of 4GiB or larger will not print the correct size, but using
phys_size_t will.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Bradford <andrew.bradford@kodakalaris.com>
This introduces a distinction between return codes that are read bytes counts
and errors. Read bytes counts are erroneous when null (no data was read) while
errors are erroneous when non-null.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
bootm_find_ramdisk_fdt() renamed to bootm_find_images() for readability.
The function bootm_find_ramdisk_fdt() appears to be a simple wrapper for
bootm_find_ramdisk(), bootm_find_fdt(), and now bootm_find_loadables().
I didn't see any other callers entering a bootm_find<thing>, so removing
the wrapper, and condensing these together hopefully makes the code a
little simpler.
Signed-off-by: Karl Apsite <Karl.Apsite@dornerworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Added a trimmed down instance of boot_get_<thing>() to satisfy the
minimum requierments of the added feature. The function follows the
normal patterns set by other boot_get<thing>'s, which should make it a
bit easier to combine them all together into one boot_get_image()
function in a later refactor.
Documentation for the new function can be found in source:
include/image.h
Signed-off-by: Karl Apsite <Karl.Apsite@dornerworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Added FIT_LOADABLE_PROP, so the user can identify an optional entry
named "loadables" in their .its configuration. "loadables" is a comma
separated list in the .its
Documentation can be found in doc/uImage.FIT/source_file_format.txt and
doc/uImage.Fit/multi-with-loadables.its
Signed-off-by: Karl Apsite <Karl.Apsite@dornerworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an error message that gets passed to set_default_env() like
env_nand implements. This message is displayed to the user as the
reason for falling back to the default environment.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Previously, if the menu activated by the 'sysboot' command gets
interrupted by a Ctrl-C, the behaviour is as if the menu timeout was
reached - i.e. boot the default menu entry. This patch fixes that
so a Ctrl-C now terminates the command as the user would expect.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Previously, a NULL pointer dereference would occur if the 'sysboot'
command is executed without any arguments.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
91199f4a5a broke mmc based Falcon mode.
The block_read function returns the number of blocks read thus the error
check needs to look for a return of 0 blocks read.
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
We already could tell the difference in the callback between an import
and "other" which we called interactive. Now add further distinction
between interactive (i.e. running env set / env edit / env ask / etc.
from the U-Boot command line) and programmatic (i.e. when u-boot source
calls any variant of setenv() ).
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow the features that use env_attrs to specify regexs for the name
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases it can be helpful to have context in the callback about
the calling situation. This is needed for following patches.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The logic to find the whole matching name was split needlessly between
the reverse_strstr function and its caller. Fully contain it to make the
interface for calling it more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This function returned numbers for error codes. Change them to error
codes.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On my A10 OlinuxIno Lime I noticed a huge (5+ seconds) delay coming from
console_init_r. This turns out to be caused by the preconsole buffer flushing
to the cfb_console. The Lime only has a 16 bit memory bus and that is already
heavy used to scan out the 1920x1080 framebuffer.
The problem is that print_pre_console_buffer() was printing the buffer once
character at a time and the cfb_console code then ends up doing a cache-flush
for touched display lines for each character.
This commit fixes this by first building a 0 terminated buffer and then
printing it in one puts() call, avoiding unnecessary cache flushes.
This changes the time for the flush from 5+ seconds to not noticable.
The downside of this approach is that the pre-console buffer needs to fit
on the stack, this is not that much to ask since we are talking about plain
text here. This commit also adjusts the sunxi CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ to
actually fit on the stack. Sunxi currently is the only user of the pre-console
code so no other boards need to be adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The readenv() implementation of env_nand uses the mtd layer which is
unnecessary overhead in SPL when we already have a nand_spl_load_image()
function that doesn't need it. Using this instead eliminates the need
to provide a mtd_read for SPL env as well as reduces code (4KB savings in IMX6
SPL).
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
This commit cleanups the regulator command.
The first change, is adjusting "regulator dev" command to use
"regulator-name" constraint, for setting the operating device.
Thanks to this, the regulator_get() function is removed.
This also updates do_list() function, with loop over uclass_find_*
function calls, to prevent probe of all listed regulators.
This also cleanups the printing in command.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on sandbox:
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit cleanups the use of function: failed().
The new function name is: failure(), and it is used
for print errno and the errno-related message only.
The second change is choosing PMIC device by it's name,
instead of seq number. Thanks to this change, for set
the current device, call of pmic_get() is enough.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on sandbox:
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command is based on driver model regulator's API.
The user interface provides:
- list UCLASS regulator devices
- show or [set] operating regulator device
- print constraints info
- print operating status
- print/[set] voltage value [uV] (force)
- print/[set] current value [uA]
- print/[set] operating mode id
- enable the regulator output
- disable the regulator output
The 'force' option can be used for setting the value which exceeds
the constraints min/max limits.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is new command for the PMIC devices based on driver model PMIC API.
Command features are unchanged:
- list UCLASS pmic devices
- show or [set] operating pmic device (NEW)
- dump registers
- read byte of register at address
- write byte to register at address
The only one change for this command is 'dev' subcommand.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command was missed in the conversion. Add it back for driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Provide a function to detect USB device insertion/removal in order to
avoid having to do USB enumeration in a tight loop when trying to detect
peripheral hotplugging.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Reinauer <reinauer@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stefan Reinauer <reinauer@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Short circuit the retry loop in legacy_hub_port_reset() by returning an
error from usb_control_msg() when a device was handed over to a companion
by the ehci code. This avoids trying to reset low / fullspeed devices 5
times needlessly. Also do not print an error when a device has been handed
over.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Propagate the error returned by submit_control_msg() rather then always
returning -EIO when the hcd code indicates an error.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
The setexpr command used to segfault when accessing memory in sandbox.
The pointer accesses should be mapped.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
During the Kconfig conversion one of the changes was missed.
CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R should be CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR since we want the
address.
Reported-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For digital displays (such as EDP LCDs) we would like to read the EDID
information and use that to set display timings. Provide a function to do
this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
As this board seems to be unmaintained for quite some time, and its
not moved to the generic board ingrastructure, lets remove it.
This will also enable us to remove the CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
and CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 macros, as this sc3 board is the
only one using one of this macros. A removal patch will follow
soon.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Juergen Beisert <jbeisert@eurodsn.de>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Introduced in change d20a40de9d
"Roll crc32 into hash infrastructure"
The crc32 command with no -v expects an optional 3rd argument to be an
address to store the result in. With the -v switch, the last argument
is a crc, not an address. In the case where -v is set, we should set the
HASH_FLAG_ENV flag since that will first look for the value to be a
digest value, which matches the expected API for the crc32 command.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduced in change d20a40de9d
"Roll crc32 into hash infrastructure"
Use a consistent define to enable the verify feature in crc32 command.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix the usage info from:
part part uuid <interface> <dev>:<part>
to
part uuid <interface> <dev>:<part>
Signed-off-by: Maxin B. John <maxin.john@enea.com>
Reviewed-By: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk
This refactors spl_mmc_load_image to use a switch/case structure and easier
to understand spl_start_uboot checks. This also introduces some more automatic
fallback on the next mmc boot mode as long as it keeps failing.
Lines that go beyond 80 chars are also reduced by reducing the number of tabs.
Debug and error strings are refctored to match a common style.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
[trini: Fix a thinko in the SPL_EXT_SUPPORT + SPL_OS conversion, make part be
__maybe_unused]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The two tools that create android boot images, mkbootimg and the fastboot
client, set the kernel address by default to 0x10008000.
U-boot always honors this field, and will try to relocate the kernel to
whatever value is set in the header, which won't be mapped to the actual RAM on
most platforms, resulting in the kernel obviously not booting.
All the targets in U-Boot right now will download the android boot image to
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR, which means that it will already have been downloaded to
some location that is suitable for execution.
In order to have the kernel booting even with the default boot image kernel
address, if that address is used, just execute the kernel where it is.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
This fixes descriptor reading of lowspeed devices through ohci not working.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Adjust this command so that it supports using driver model for I2C, i.e.
CONFIG_DM_I2C. This will permit it to be used in sandbox also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename this function so that it is clear that it is provided by the RTC.
Also return an error when it cannot function as expected. This is unlikely
to occur since it works for dates since 1752 and many RTCs do not support
such old dates. Still it is better to be accurate.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Change this function name to something more descriptive. Also return a
failure code if it cannot calculate a correct value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This permits init of additional CPU cores after relocation and when driver
model is ready.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a simple command which provides access to a list of available CPUs along
with descriptions and basic information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This adds NAND boot support for LS2085AQDS, using SPL framework.
Details of forming NAND image can be found in README.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
[York Sun: Remove +S from defconfig after commit 252ed872]
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Some RTC chips tend to set garbage date after reset.
This patch sets the date to 2000-01-01 00:00 immediatelly
after the RTC chip reset is issued using the "date reset"
command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
During booting, IFC is mapped to low region. After booting up, IFC is
remapped to high region for larger space. The environmental variables are
also stored at high region. In order to read the variables during booting,
a virtual mapping is required.
Cache was enabled for entire IFC space before. Actually the first two
entries are big enough (4MB) to cover the boot code and environmental
variables. Remove extra entries. Move OCRAM entry out of ifdef.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Otherwise the high 32 bits get truncated on 64-bit U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
There is little reason to split these two functions. Bring them together
which simplifies the init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch extends the U-Boot "led" command to support automatic blinking
by setting a blink frequency in milliseconds. Additionally the number of
supported LEDs is increased to 6 (0...5).
This will be used by the PCA9551 LED driver.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Current driver assumes the AHCI is connected to PCI, this is not
true on some SoCs, e.g. LS1021A, which has PCI but the AHCI is
in SoC. This patch will enable embedded AHCI devices on platforms
with PCI.
PCI AHCI devices still can be used by commenting CONFIG_SCSI_AHCI_PLAT
option in head file.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <Yuantian.Tang@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add gzwrite command to write gzip-compressed images to block devices.
Input must be gzip-compressed according to RFC1952, since the crc
and file size in the trailer will be confirmed during operation.
The decompressed file size must be specified on the command line
for images with decompressed sizes >= 4GiB because the trailer
only contains the low 32 bits of the original file size.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
Add 'fdt_fixup_display' function to fixup device-tree native-mode property
of display-timings node to select timings for a specific display.
This is useful if a device-tree has configurations for multiple
display timings for undetectable displays.
see kernel Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On SoCFPGA, using "sf update" with an non-4byte aligned length leads
to a hangup (and reboot via watchdog). This is because of the unaligned
access in the cadence QSPI driver which is hard to prevent since the
data is written into a 4-byte wide FIFO. This patch fixes this problem
by changing the behavior of the last sector write (not sector aligned).
The new code is even simpler and copies the source data into the temp
buffer and now uses the temp buffer to write the complete sector. So
only one SPI sector write is used now instead of 2 in the old version.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Gerlando Falauto <gerlando.falauto@keymile.com>
Cc: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@keymile.com>
Cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
Acked-by: Gerlando Falauto <gerlando.falauto@keymile.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
two CMD_DNS options were added by commit 60296a835c ("commands: add more
command entries in Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Skvortsov <andrej.skvortzov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
When accessing PHY registers it is often desirable to only update
selected bits, so it is necessary to first read the current value
before writing back an modified value with the relevant bits
updated.
To simplify this and to allow such operations to be incorporated
into simple shell scripts propose adding a 'modify' option to the
existing mii command, which takes a mask indicating the bits to
be updated in addition to a data value containing the new bits,
ie, <updated> = (<data> & <mask>) | (<current> & ~<mask>).
Signed-off-by: Tim <tim.james@macltd.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@gmail.com>
Cc: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Tim <tim.james@macltd.com>
Properly map memory through map_sysmem so that pxe can be used from the
sandbox.
Tested in sandbox as well as on jetson-tk1, odroid-xu3, snow as peach-pi
boards
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A common pattern to check if a certain device exists (e.g. in
config_distro_bootcmd) is to use: <interface> dev [device]
Implement host dev [device] so this pattern can be used for sandbox host
devices.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As suggested by Simon Glass, rename the sb command to host but keep the
old sb command as an alias
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When driver model is used for Ethernet a few functions are passed a udevice
instead of an eth_device. Also add a function to find a PHY type given its
name. This will be used to decode the device tree node.
Finally, put a phy_interface field in struct eth_pdata since this is an
important part of the platform data for Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Finish eliminating CamelCase from net.c and other failures
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make a thorough pass through all variables and function names contained
within common/cmd_net.c and remove CamelCase and improve naming.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make a thorough pass through all variables and function names contained
within dns.c and remove CamelCase and improve naming.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make a thorough pass through all variables and function names contained
within cdp.c and remove CamelCase and improve naming.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make a thorough pass through all variables and function names contained
within tftp and remove CamelCase and improve naming.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove CamelCase variable naming.
Move the definition to the same compilation unit as the primary use.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The variables around the bootfile were inconsistent and used CamelCase.
Update them to make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch is simply clean-up to make the IPv4 type that is used match
what Linux uses. It also attempts to move all variables that are IP
addresses use good naming instead of CamelCase. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow USB keyboards to work with driver model. The main difference is that
we can have multiple buses (each with its own device numbering) and each
bus must be scanned.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Before adding driver model support, split out code from this over-long
function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add support for scanning USB storage devices with driver model. This mostly
involves adding a USB device ID for storage devices.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The usb_stor_scan() function is quite long, so split out the code that scans
each device into its own function. Also, rather than setting up the block
device list once at the start, set it up as each device is scanned. This
makes it possible to use this code from driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
With a few tweaks we can compile this code with sandbox and enable testing
of the USB storage layer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The for() loop is not needed since the value is immediately accessible.
Use this instead to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This function assumes that unsigned long is 32-bits wide, but it is not
on 64-bit machines. Use the correct type, and add a few debug() lines also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
These are better off in a header file so they can be used by other code (e.g.
the sandbox USB storage emulator).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Adjust the existing hub code to support driver model, and add a USB driver
for hubs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Split out the hub detection logic so it can be used by driver model. Also
adjust the code to return errors correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add the required #ifdefs and remove unwanted data structures so that the
USB uclass will be able to use this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This function now calls usb_setup_device() to set up the device and
usb_hub_probe() to check if it is a hub. The XHCI special case is now a
parameter to usb_setup_device(). The latter will be used by the USB uclass
when it is added, since it does not rely on any CONFIGs or legacy data
structures.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Bug-fixes for descriptor reading and usb_new_device() return value
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the code that sets up the device with a new address into its own
function, usb_prepare_device().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
usb_new_device() is far too long and does far too much. As a first step, move
the code that does initial setup and reads a descriptor into its own function
called usb_setup_descriptor().
For XHCI the init order is different - we set up the device but don't
actually read the descriptor until after we set an address. Support this
option as a parameter to usb_setup_descriptor().
Avoid changing this torturous code more than necessary to make it easy to
review.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Move the port reset code into its own function. Rename usb_hub_reset() to
indicate that is is now a legacy function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Adjust this command to work with the new driver model uclass. It needs to
iterate through multiple independent controllers to find hubs, and work
through their children recursively in a different way. Otherwise the
functionality is much the same.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This function returns NULL on error at present. Adjust it so that we can
return a real error, as is needed with driver model. Also improve the
error handling in its caller, usb_hub_port_connect_change(), and adjust
the code order to prepare for driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use 'udev' instead of 'dev' in a few places, reserving 'dev' for driver
model's struct udevice. Also adjust the code in a few minor ways to make
it easier to plumb in driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Convert this driver over to use driver model. Since all x86 platforms use
it, move x86 to use driver model for SPI and SPI flash. Adjust all dependent
code and remove the old x86 spi_init() function.
Note that this does not make full use of the new PCI uclass as yet. We still
scan the bus looking for the device. It should move to finding its details
in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The return codes in common/cmd_net.c had a number of inconsistencies.
Update them to all use the enum from command.h
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This value is not used by the network stack and is available in the
global data, so stop passing it around. For the one legacy function
that still expects it (init op on old Ethernet drivers) pass in the
global pointer version directly to avoid changing that interface.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(Trival fix to remove an unneeded variable declaration in 4xx_enet.c)
In the case where the arch defines a custom map_sysmem(), make sure that
including just mapmem.h is sufficient to have these functions as they
are when the arch does not override it.
Also split the non-arch specific functions out of common.h
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait mode or even if it
is mounted landscape but rotated by 180 degrees, we need to rotate our content
of the display respectively the framebuffer, so that user can read the messages
which are printed out.
For this we introduce the feature called "CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION", this may be
defined in the board-configuration if needed. After this the lcd_console will
be initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of "vidinfo_t" which is
provided by the board specific code.
If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be initialized with
0 degrees rotation.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <hannes.petermaier@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
[agust: fixed 'struct vidinfo' has no member named 'vl_rot' errors]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
For coming implementation of lcd_console rotation, we will need some more
variables for holding information about framebuffer size, rotation, ...
For better readability we catch all them into a common structure.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <hannes.petermaier@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Don't call the lcd_getfgcolor and lcd_getbgcolor within the "draw-loop", this
only wastes time.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <hannes.petermaier@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
the capability of drawing some *str with count from lcd_drawchars is unnary.
It is always called from lcd_putc_xy with one character of and count = 1.
So we simply rename lcd_drawchars into lcd_putc_xy and remove the loops inside.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <hannes.petermaier@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Add a uclass for PCI controllers and a generic one for PCI devices. Adjust
the 'pci' command and the existing PCI support to work with this new uclass.
Keep most of the compatibility code in a separate file so that it can be
removed one day.
TODO: Add more header file comments to the new parts of pci.h
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a convenience function to access the private data that a uclass stores
for each of its devices. Convert over most existing uses for consistency
and to provide an example for others.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since driver model is set up after arch_cpu_init(), that function cannot
use drivers. Add a new arch_cpu_init_dm() function which is called
immediately after driver model is ready, and can reference devices.
This can be used to probe essential devices for the CPU.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Implement an alias name check for devices where GPT limitations prevent
user-friendly partition names such as "boot", "system" and "cache". Or,
where the actual partition name doesn't match a standard partition name
used commonly with fastboot.
To set an alias, add an environment setting as follows:
fastboot_partition_alias_<alias partition name>=<actual partition name>
Example: fastboot_partition_alias_boot=LNX
Signed-off-by: Michael Scott <michael.scott@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Cc: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
trigger watchdog before calling usb_gadget_handle_interrupts()
This prevents board resets when calling dfu command on boards
which have a watchdog.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[ Reedition by Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com> to apply to
v2014.04 release ]
USB Mass Storage is the standard name, so let's use it here.
Suggested-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch invokes board-specific USB cleanup (board_usb_cleanup)
function in the mass storage gadget
Signed-off-by: Inha Song <ideal.song@samsung.com>
Since we support multiple dwc3 controllers to be existent at the same
time, in order to handle the interrupts of a particular dwc3 controller
usb_gadget_handle_interrutps should take controller index as an
argument.
Hence the API of usb_gadget_handle_interrupts is modified to take
controller index as an argument and made the corresponding changes to all
the usb_gadget_handle_interrupts calls.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Invoked board_usb_cleanup for cleaning up initialized USB. It
will be invoked if the user enterts ctrl-C.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Some USB devices break the spec and require longer warm-up times. Allow
the usb_pgood_delay env variable to override the calculated time.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
When fetching the first descriptor from a new device, only validate that
we received at least 8 bytes, not that we received the entire descriptor.
The reasoning is:
- The code only uses fields in the first 8 bytes, so that's all we need
to have fetched at this stage.
- The smallest maxpacket size is 8 bytes. Before we know the actual
maxpacket the device uses, the USB controller may only accept a single
packet (see the DWC2 note in the comment added in the commit).
Consequently we are only guaranteed to receive 1 packet (at least 8
bytes) even in a non-error case.
Fixes: 1a7758044b04 ("usb: Early failure when the first descriptor read
fails or is invalid")
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
This may happen when using an USB1 device on a controller that only supports
USB2 (e.g. EHCI). Reading the first descriptor will fail (read 0 byte), so we
can abort the process at this point instead of failing later and wasting time.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
This checks that a new USB device is correctly initialized and frees it if not.
In addition, this doesn't report that USB was started when no device was found.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
This patch fixes USB storage capacity detection breakage on 64-bit systems
which arises due to 'unsigned long' length difference. Old code assumes that
to be 32 bit and breaks because of inappropriate response buffer layout.
Also this fixes a number of build warnings and changes big-endian values
treatment style to be architecture-independent
Signed-off-by: Sergey Temerkhanov <s.temerkhanov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Radha Mohan Chintakuntla <rchintakuntla@cavium.com>
Mass storage is not necessary present on interface 0. This
patch allow usb_stor_scan to look in every available interface.
Signed-off-by: Franck Jullien <franck.jullien@gmail.com>
The ARM reference designs all use a special flash image format
that stores a footer (two versions exist) at the end of the last
erase block of the image in flash memory.
Version one of the footer is indicated by the magic number
0xA0FFFF9F at 12 bytes before the end of the flash block and
version two is indicated by the magic number 0x464F4F54 0x464C5348
(ASCII for "FLSHFOOT") in the very last 8 bytes of the erase block.
This command driver implements support for both versions of the
AFS images (the name comes from the Linux driver in drivers/mtd/afs.c)
and makes it possible to list images and load an image by name into
the memory with these commands:
afs - lists flash contents
afs load <image> - loads image to address indicated in the image
afs load <image> <addres> - loads image to a specified address
This image scheme is used on the ARM Integrator family, ARM
Versatile family, ARM RealView family (not yet supported in U-Boot)
and ARM Versatile Express family up to and including the new
Juno board for 64 bit development.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The ubi check command is expected to not fail and just check whether
a volume exist or not. Currently, when a volume does not exist, the
command fails which leads to an error:
"exit not allowed from main input shell."
Use 1 to indicate that a volume does not exist. This allows to use
ubi check in an if statement, e.g.
if ubi check rootfs; then; echo "exists"; else; echo "not there"; fi
introduce CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE.
An SPL which define this will panic() if the
image it has loaded does not have a mkimage
signature.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD (3ADEV) <albert.aribaud@3adev.fr>
With e37f1eb we now use strict_strtoul() in do_mem_mtest() and this
gives us a warning:
../include/vsprintf.h:38:5: note: expected 'long unsigned int *' but
argument is of type 'int *'
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The u-boot environment is redundantly stored in a NOR flash on our boards.
Redundant means that there are two places to store the environment. But only
one of the two is active. I discovered that on one board the u-boot (env_sf)
uses the environment from the second place and the Kernel (fw_printenv) uses
the environment from the first place.
To decide which is the active environment there is a byte inside the
environment. 1 means active and 0 means obsolete. But on that board both
environments had have a 1. This can happen if a power loss or reset occurs
during writing the environment. In this situation the u-boot (env_sf)
implementation uses the second environment as default. But the Kernel
(fw_printenv) implementation uses the first environment as default.
This commit corrects the default in the u-boot env_sf implementation when a
problem was detected. Now the recovery default is the same like in all other
environment implementations. E.g. fw_printenv and env_flash. This ensures that
u-boot and Kernel use the same environment.
Signed-off-by: Mario Schuknecht <mario.schuknecht@dresearch-fe.de>
Intention behind this work was elimination of as much assembly-written
code as it is possible.
In case of ARC we already have relocation fix-up implemented in C so why
don't we use C for U-Boot copying, .bss zeroing etc.
It turned out x86 uses pretty similar approach so we re-used parts of
code in "board_f.c" initially implemented for x86.
Now assembly usage during init is limited to stack- and frame-pointer
setup before and after relocation.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command is only enabled by one board, complicates the NAND code,
and doesn't appear to have been functioning properly for several
years. If there are no bad blocks in the NAND region being written
nand_write_skip_bad() will take the shortcut of calling nand_write()
which bypasses the special yaffs handling. This causes invalid YAFFS
data to be written. See
http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2011-September/102830.html for
an example and a potential workaround.
U-Boot still retains the ability to mount and access YAFFS partitions
via CONFIG_YAFFS2.
Signed-off-by: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Previously NAND writes were only verified when CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
was defined. On boards without this define writes could fail silently.
Boards with CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE could prematurely report
failures which ECC could correct.
Add a verification step after all "nand write[.x]" commands to ensure the
writes were successful. The verification uses ECC for for "normal"
writes, but does not for raw and yaffs writes. Some test cases which
inject fake bad bits on a 2K page flash are below.
Test cases with CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE defined:
Example of an ECC write which previously failed when
CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE was defined, but now succeeds because ECC
is used during verification:
nand erase 0 0x10000
dhcp /somefile
mw.b 0x10000 0xff 0x2000
mw.b 0x10020 0xfe 1
nand write.raw 0x10000 0x800 1
mw.b 0x1000020 0x01 1
nand write 0x1000000 0x800 0x1800
Test cases without CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE defined:
Example of an ECC write which previously silently failed:
nand erase 0 0x10000
dhcp /somefile
mw.b 0x10000 0xff 0x2000
mw.b 0x10020 0x00 1
nand write.raw 0x10000 0x800 1
mw.b 0x1000020 0xff 1
nand write 0x1000000 0x800 0x1800
Example of a raw write which previously failed silently due to stuck
data bit, but now errors out:
nand erase 0 0x10000
dhcp /somefile
mw.b 0x10000 0xff 0x2000
mw.b 0x10020 0xfe 1
nand write.raw 0x10000 0x800 1
mw.b 0x1000020 0x01 1
nand write.raw 0x1000000 0x800 3
Example of a raw write which previously failed silently due to stuck OOB
bit, but now errors out:
nand erase 0 0x10000
dhcp /somefile
mw.b 0x10000 0xff 0x2000
mw.b 0x10810 0xfe 1
nand write.raw 0x10000 0x800 1
mw.b 0x1000810 0x01 1
nand write.raw 0x1000000 0x800 3
Signed-off-by: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Fix eb_cpu5282 and eb_cpu5282_internal unresolved external error.
These boards have video but don't need any ppc related
video_setmem().
Fix M53017EVB moving away embedded env to a different offset,
as in M52277EVB.
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Purpose of this change is to make it possible to re-use code currently
used on X86 solely for other architectures. For example:
* init_sequence_f_r
* board_init_f_r
Even though board_init_f_mem() has nothing to do with any particular
architecture it won't work (at least in current implementation) for X86.
This is because on X86 "gd" is an alias to function get_fs_gd_ptr(),
thus we cannot assign anything to it.
So this change separates selection of board_init_f_mem() from X86 while
keeping it disabled for X86 still.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add an optional -bootable parameter to the part list commands to only
put the list of bootable partitions in the environment variable
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Various files are needlessly rebuilt every time due to the version and
build time changing. As version.h is not actually needed, remove the
include.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@yahoo.fr>
Cc: Eric Jarrige <eric.jarrige@armadeus.org>
Cc: "David Müller" <d.mueller@elsoft.ch>
Cc: Phil Edworthy <phil.edworthy@renesas.com>
Cc: Robert Baldyga <r.baldyga@samsung.com>
Cc: Torsten Koschorrek <koschorrek@synertronixx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Without this patch, the IMX watchdog will not be initialized. And therefor
not active. This patch fixes this by calling hw_watchdog_init() also when
CONFIG_IMX_WATCHDOG is defined.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Added support to disable the start of application by using
a environment variable autostart
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This commit introduces new config: CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_CLEAR_ON_INIT.
This config is an expert option and is enabled by default.
The all amount of memory reserved for the malloc, is by default set
to zero in mem_malloc_init(). When the malloc reserved memory exceeds
few MiB, then the boot process can slow down.
So disabling this config, is an expert option to reduce the boot time,
and can be disabled by Kconfig.
Note:
After disable this option, only calloc() will return the pointer
to the zeroed memory area. Previously, without this option,
the memory pointed to untouched malloc memory region, was filled
with zeros. So it means, that code with malloc() calls should
be reexamined.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently the usage text for the 'ums' command looks like this:
Usage:
ums ums <USB_controller> [<devtype>] <devnum> e.g. ums 0 mmc 0
,so remove the extra 'ums' in the text.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
In case of global data structure defined as "register volatile" compiler
throws an warning about incorrect type used:
--->8---
common/board_f.c: In function "board_init_f_r":
common/board_f.c:1073:2: warning: passing argument 1 of "&board_init_r
+(sizetype)gd->reloc_off" discards "volatile" qualifier from pointer
target type [enabled by default]
(board_init_r + gd->reloc_off)(gd, gd->relocaddr);
^
common/board_f.c:1073:2: note: expected "struct gd_t *" but argument is
of type "volatile struct gd_t *"
--->8---
An obvious fix is manual casting to "gd_t *".
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
running "spl export ..." more than once fails with:
Trying to execute a command out of order
Trying to execute a command out of order
Trying to execute a command out of order
Trying to execute a command out of order
Trying to execute a command out of order
Trying to execute a command out of order
ERROR prep subcommand failed!
Subcommand failed
reason is commmit:
35fc84fa1f: Refactor the bootm command to reduce code duplication
It used "state != BOOTM_STATE_START" but state is a bitfield, so
check if the bit BOOTM_STATE_START is not set. With this fix,
"spl export ..." can called more than once ...
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds generic board support for MCF547X/8X and MCF5445X.
It is based on the patch about common generic board support for
M68K architecture sent by Angelo.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@freescale.com>
Remove duplicate command names in usage messages to fix issues such as:
=> help yls
yls - yaffs ls
Usage:
yls yls [-l] dirname
Signed-off-by: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Sometimes we do not want redirect u-boot's console to screen but anyway we want
write out some status information out of a u-boot script to the display.
So we cannot use the normal "echo ....", instead we write explicitly using
"lcdputs ..." for writing to the actual cursor position on LCD.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Sometimes we do not want redirect u-boot's console to screen but anyway we want
write out some status information out of a u-boot script to the display.
To define the specific position of the string to be written, we have to set
the cursor with "setcurs" before writing.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Currently, an environment variable must be used to store the randomly
generated UUID for each partition. This is not necessary, so make storing
the UUID optional. Now passing uuid_disk and uuid are optional when random
UUIDs are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
The gpt command always reports success even if writing the partition table
failed. Propagate the return value of gpt_restore so we get proper status
reported.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Fix the name appearing in menuconfig for memtest command
Signed-off-by: Nikolaos Pasaloukos <Nikolaos.Pasaloukos@imgtec.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com
At present SPL uses a single stack, either CONFIG_SPL_STACK or
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR. Since some SPL features (such as MMC and
environment) require a lot of stack, some boards set CONFIG_SPL_STACK to
point into SDRAM. They then set up SDRAM very early, before board_init_f(),
so that the larger stack can be used.
This is an abuse of lowlevel_init(). That function should only be used for
essential start-up code which cannot be delayed. An example of a valid use is
when only part of the SPL code is visible/executable, and the SoC must be set
up so that board_init_f() can be reached. It should not be used for SDRAM
init, console init, etc.
Add a CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R option, which allows the stack to be moved to a new
address before board_init_r() is called in SPL.
The expected SPL flow (for CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK) is documented in the README.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For version 1:
Acked-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some systems have so much RAM that the end of RAM is beyond 4GB. An
example would be a Tegra124 system (where RAM starts at 2GB physical)
that has more than 2GB of RAM.
In this case, we can gd->ram_size to represent the actual RAM size, so
that the actual RAM size is passed to the OS. This is useful if the OS
implements LPAE, and can actually use the "extra" RAM.
However, U-Boot does not implement LPAE and so must deal with 32-bit
physical addresses. To this end, we enhance board_get_usable_ram_top() to
detect the "over-sized" case, and limit the relocation addres so that it
fits into 32-bits of physical address space.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Currently only normal hashing is supported using hardware acceleration.
Added support for progressive hashing using hardware.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Rana <gaurav.rana@freescale.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
This patch does the following:
1. The function names for encapsulation and decapsulation
were inconsitent in freescale's implementation and cmd_blob file.
This patch corrects the issues.
2. The function protopye is also modified to change the length parameter
from u8 to u32 to allow encapsulation and decapsulation of larger images.
3. Modified the description of km paramter in the command usage for better
readability.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Rana <gaurav.rana@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
If the string is copied without NULL termination using strncpy(),
then strncat() on the next line, may concatenate the string after
some stale (or random) data, if the response string was not
zero-initialized.
Signed-off-by: Dileep Katta <dileep.katta@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Add a check for USB cable attached and only enter fastboot when a cable
is attached.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Adds the fastboot erase functionality, to erase a partition
specified by name. The erase is performed based on erase group size,
to avoid erasing other partitions. The start address and the size
is aligned to the erase group size for this.
Currently only supports erasing from eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Dileep Katta <dileep.katta@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Now CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is not defined in Kconfig, so
"!depends on SPL_BUILD" and "if !SPL_BUILD" are redundant.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
The SD/MMC version scheme was buggy when dealing with standard
major.minor.change cases. Fix it by using something similar to
the linux's kernel versioning method.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reported-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
I2C chips do exist that require a write of some multi-byte data to occur in
a single bus transaction (aka atomic transfer), otherwise either the write
does not come into effect at all, or normal operation of internal circuitry
cannot be guaranteed. The current implementation of the 'i2c write' command
(transfer of multiple bytes from a memory buffer) in fact performs a separate
transaction for each byte to be written and thus cannot support such types of
I2C slave devices.
This patch provides an alternative by allowing 'i2c write' to execute the
write transfer of the given number of bytes in a single bus transaction if
the '-s' option is specified as a final command argument. Else the current
re-addressing method is used.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <l-popov@ti.com>
hs: adapt to CONFIG_DM_I2C
If the i2c driver returns an error status, error out immediately.
Continuing the loop just results in printing error messages
again and again.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If you want to inspect the control device tree using the fdt command,
the "fdt address -c" command previously unhelpfully printed the phys
memory address of the device tree. That address could not then be used
to set the fdt address for inspection. Changed the resulting print to
one that can be copied directly to the 'fdt address <addr>' command.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 90bac29a76 claims to fix this bug
that was introduced in commit a92fd6577e
but doesn't actually make the change that the commit message describes.
Actually fix the bug this time.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce arch_reserve_stacks() to tailor gd->start_addr_sp and gd->irq_sp to
the architecture needs.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A SoC like the i.MX6 supports more then one i2c bus. In oder to be
able to use the eeprom command add a new define to specify the
i2c bus to use. If CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS is not defined there
is no functional change, else a call to i2c_set_bus_num(..) is
done before calling i2c_read(..) and i2c_write(..).
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
executing "tools/buildman/buildman mpc5xx" drops this warning:
common/spl/spl_nor.c: In function 'spl_nor_load_image':
common/spl/spl_nor.c:26:10: warning: assignment discards 'const' qualifier from pointer target type [enabled by default]
fix this.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Some boards have a special way of loading U-Boot that does not fit with
the existing SPL code. For example sunxi uses an 'FEL' mode where U-Boot
is loaded over USB. Add a CONFIG option and boot mode for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Siarhei Siamashka <siarhei.siamashka@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
As with i2c_read() and i2c_write(), add a dm_ prefix to the driver model
versions of these functions to avoid conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
At present on some architectures we set up the following before calling
board_init_f():
- global_data
- stack
- early malloc memory
Adding the code to support early malloc and global data setup to every
arch's assembler start-up is a pain. Also this code is not actually
architecture-specific. We can use common code for all architectures and
with a bit of care we can write this code in C.
Add a new function to deal with this. It should be called after memory
is available, with a pointer to the top of the area that should be used
before relocation. The function will set things up and return the lowest
memory address that it allocated/used. That can then be set as the top
of the stack.
Note that on some archs this function will use the stack, so the stack
pointer should be set to same value as is pased to board_init_f_mem().
A margin of 128 bytes will be left for this stack, so that it is not
overwritten. This means that 64 bytes is wasted by this early call.
This is not strictly necessary on several more modern archs, so we could
remove this at the cost of some arch-dependent code.
With this function there is no-longer any need for the assembler code to
zero global_data or set up the early malloc pointers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All callers of malloc should already do error checking, and may even be able
to continue without the alloc succeeding.
Moreover, common/malloc_simple.c is the only user of .rodata.str1.1 in
common/built-in.o when building the SPL, triggering this gcc bug:
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=54303
Causing .rodata to grow with e.g. 0xc21 bytes, nullifying all benefits of
using malloc_simple in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Segfaults can occur when a mandatory argument is not provided to
"demo hello" and "demo status". Eg:
=> demo hello
Segmentation fault (core dumped)
Add a check to ensure all required arguments are provided.
Signed-off-by: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
lcd_logo() currently performs tasks well beyond just displaying the logo.
It has code which displays splash image, it has logic which determines
when the different display features are displayed, and it is coupled with
the lcd console because it holds the responsibility of returning the
lcd console base address.
Make lcd_logo() just about the logo by:
* Moving splash image display code into a dedicated function
* Moving the logic regarding when various features are displayed to
lcd_clear() (which is arguably not the correct name for housing such
code either, but it is currently the most fitting location code wise)
* Move the responsibility of setting the console base address to
lcd_clear() too.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
We now have api functions that can support compiling simplefb code as its own
module. Since this code is not part of the display functionality, extract it
to its own file.
Raspberry Pi is updated to accommodate the changes.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
The name "bitmap_plot" is misleading because it implies that this is a generic
function capable of dealing with any bitmap, but its implementation only works
with the logo data.
Rename the function to better reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This cleanup mostly focuses on removing unnecessary whitespace and comments
which are superfluous and/or do not conform to the coding style.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reduce the lcd_display_bitmap #ifdef complexity by extracting Atmel-specific
code for setting cmap for bitmap images into a new function lcd_set_cmap().
A default version is implemented with the remainder of the code.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Get rid of platform-specific #ifdefs in bitmap_plot() by moving the generic
case of setting cmap into the weak lcd_logo_set_cmap().
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reduce the bitmap_plot #ifdef complexity by extracting MPC823-specific code for
setting cmap into its own implementation of lcd_logo_set_cmap(), implemented in
mpc8xx_lcd.c. In the MPC823 implementation, ARRAY_SIZE(bmp_logo_palette) is
switched for BMP_LOGO_COLORS to avoid having to include bmp_logo_data.h, which
would cause a compilation error because the logo data and palette arrays would
be defined twice.
This is a step towards cleaning bitmap_plot() of platform-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reduce the bitmap_plot #ifdef complexity by extracting Atmel-specific code for
setting cmap into a new function lcd_logo_set_cmap(), which is implemented in
atmel_lcdfb driver and defined as part of common/lcd.c api with a weak dummy
version. In the Atmel implementation, ARRAY_SIZE(bmp_logo_palette) is
switched for BMP_LOGO_COLORS to avoid having to include bmp_logo_data.h, which
would cause a compilation error because the logo data and palette arrays would
be defined twice.
This is a step towards cleaning bitmap_plot() of platform-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reduce the amount of platform-specific code in common/lcd.c by moving MPC823
implementation of fb_put_byte() to mpc8xx_lcd.c. Since we must also have a
default implementation for everybody else, make the remainder of the code
into a weak function.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reduce the amount of platform-specific code in common/lcd.c by moving Atmel
implementation of fb_put_word() to atmel_lcdfb.c. Since we must also have a
default implementation for everybody else, make the remainder of the code
into a weak function.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
configuration_get_cmap() is multiple platform-specific functions stuffed into
one function. Split it into multiple versions, and move each version to the
appropriate driver to reduce the #ifdef complexity.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Microblaze target supports both OF and !OF cases
and from log is not clear which version is running.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Compile code with -fPIC to get GOT. Do not build SPL
with fPIC because it increasing SPL size for nothing.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This is required for architectures still need manual relocation like avr32, mk68
and others.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
call hw_watchdog_init() also if CONFIG_AT91SAM9_WATCHDOG
is used.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On some hardware this time can be significant. Add bootstage support for
measuring this. The result can be obtained using 'bootstage report' or
passed on to the Linux via the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Currently the hash functions used in RSA are called directly from the sha1
and sha256 libraries. Change the RSA checksum library to use the progressive
hash API's registered with struct hash_algo. This will allow the checksum
library to use the hardware accelerated progressive hash API's once available.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(Fixed build error in am335x_boneblack_vboot due to duplicate CONFIG_DM)
Change-Id: Ic44279432f88d4e8594c6e94feb1cfcae2443a54
The hash_algo structure has some implementations in which progressive hash
API's are not defined. These are basically the hardware based implementations
of SHA. An API is added to find the algo which has progressive hash API's
defined. This can then be integrated with RSA checksum library which uses
Progressive Hash API's.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
this is an atempt to make the export of functions typesafe.
I replaced the jumptable void ** by a struct (jt_funcs) with function pointers.
The EXPORT_FUNC macro now has 3 fixed parameters and one
variadic parameter
The first is the name of the exported function,
the rest of the parameters are used to format a functionpointer
in the jumptable,
the EXPORT_FUNC macros are expanded three times,
1. to declare the members of the struct
2. to initialize the structmember pointers
3. to call the functions in stubs.c
Signed-off-by: Martin Dorwig <dorwig@tetronik.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(resending to the list since my tweaks are not quite trivial)
Rather than assuming that the chip offset length is 1, allow it to be
provided. This allows chips that don't use the default offset length to
be used (at present they are only supported by the command line 'i2c'
command which sets the offset length explicitly).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add a dm_ prefix to driver model I2C functions so that we can keep the old
ones around.
This is a little unfortunate, but on reflection it is too difficult to
change the API. We can undo this rename when most boards and drivers are
converted to use driver model for I2C.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new 'demo light' command which uses GPIOs to control imaginary lights.
Each light is assigned a bit number in the overall value. This provides an
example driver for using the new GPIO API.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The common/board_r.c has show_model_r() to display the model name
if the DTB has a "model" property. It sounds useful to have a similar
function in common/board_f.c too because most of the boards show
their board name before relocation.
Instead of implementing the same function in both common/board_f.c
and common/board_r.c, let's split it up into common/show_board_info.c.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To store 10bit chip address, the variable type should not be uchar,
but uint.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher<hs@denx.de>
Fake option is enabled only when CONFIG_TRACE is
enabled in common/bootm.c:do_boot_states().
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The dumpimage is able to extract components contained in a FIT image:
$ ./dumpimage -T flat_dt -i CONTAINER.ITB -p INDEX FILE
The CONTAINER.ITB is a regular FIT container file. The INDEX is the poisition
of the sub-image to be retrieved, and FILE is the file (path+name) to save the
extracted sub-image.
For example, given the following kernel.its to build a kernel.itb:
/dts-v1/;
/ {
...
images {
kernel@1 {
description = "Kernel 2.6.32-34";
data = /incbin/("/boot/vmlinuz-2.6.32-34-generic");
type = "kernel";
arch = "ppc";
os = "linux";
compression = "gzip";
load = <00000000>;
entry = <00000000>;
hash@1 {
algo = "md5";
};
};
...
};
...
};
The dumpimage can extract the 'kernel@1' node through the following command:
$ ./dumpimage -T flat_dt -i kernel.itb -p 0 kernel
Extracted:
Image 0 (kernel@1)
Description: Kernel 2.6.32-34
Created: Wed Oct 22 15:50:26 2014
Type: Kernel Image
Compression: gzip compressed
Data Size: 4040128 Bytes = 3945.44 kB = 3.85 MB
Architecture: PowerPC
OS: Linux
Load Address: 0x00000000
Entry Point: 0x00000000
Hash algo: md5
Hash value: 22352ad39bdc03e2e50f9cc28c1c3652
Which results in the file 'kernel' being exactly the same as '/boot/vmlinuz-2.6.32-34-generic'.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme Maciel Ferreira <guilherme.maciel.ferreira@gmail.com>
Move the image_save_datafile() function from an U-Multi specific file
(default_image.c) to a file common to all image types (image.c). And rename it
to genimg_save_datafile(), to make clear it is useful for any image type.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme Maciel Ferreira <guilherme.maciel.ferreira@gmail.com>
A cache flush is required when an image is extracted that is required on another core.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Voorthuijsen <pieter.voorthuijsen@prodrive-technologies.com>
Add an optional third argument to the "part list" command which puts a
space seperated list of valid partitions into the given environment
variable. This is useful for allowing boot scripts to iterate of all
partitions of a device.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
New command to determine the filesystem type of a given partition.
Optionally stores the filesystem type in a environment variable.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Move board/compulab/common/splash.c code to
common/splash_source.c to make it available for everybody. This move
renames cl_splash_screen_prepare() to splash_source_load(), and
the compilation of this code is conditional on CONFIG_SPLASH_SOURCE.
splash_source features:
* Provide a standardized way for declaring board specific splash screen
locations
* Provide existing routines for auto loading the splash image from the
locations as declared by the board
* Introduce the "splashsource" environment variable, which makes it
possible to select the splash image source.
cm-t35 and cm-fx6 are updated to use the modified version.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
This commit 904672e (lcd: refactor lcd console stuff into its
own file), which cause lcd console address is not initialized.
This patch initialize the lcd console use the default value,
will be update when splash screen is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Microblaze currently doesn't use printf in SPL. So this one line was the only
reference to it and resulted in the printf functionality to be pulled in.
Exceeding the 4k size limit. Lets change the printf back to puts so that
Microblaze is fixed again. The only drawback is that the detected boot-device
number will not be printed. But this message alone should be helpful enough
to get an idea where the boot process is broken.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
For case where CMD_FPGA_LOADMK is enabled and GZIP disable.
Warning log:
common/built-in.o: In function `do_fpga':
/mnt/disk/u-boot/common/cmd_fpga.c:218: undefined reference to `gunzip'
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This extends the mmcinfo hardware partition info output to show
partitions with write reliability enabled with the "WRREL" string.
If the partition does not have write reliability enabled the "WRREL"
string is omitted; this is analogous to the ehhanced attribute.
Example output:
Device: OMAP SD/MMC
Manufacturer ID: fe
OEM: 14e
Name: MMC16
Tran Speed: 52000000
Rd Block Len: 512
MMC version 4.41
High Capacity: Yes
Capacity: 13.8 GiB
Bus Width: 4-bit
Erase Group Size: 8 MiB
HC WP Group Size: 16 MiB
User Capacity: 13.8 GiB ENH WRREL
User Enhanced Start: 0 Bytes
User Enhanced Size: 512 MiB
Boot Capacity: 16 MiB ENH
RPMB Capacity: 128 KiB ENH
GP1 Capacity: 64 MiB ENH WRREL
GP2 Capacity: 64 MiB ENH WRREL
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
This change extends the mmc hwpartition sub-command to change the
per-partition write reliability settings. It also changes the
syntax used for the enhanced user data area slightly to better
accomodate the write reliability option.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
Adds the mmc hwpartition sub-command to perform eMMC hardware
partitioning on an mmc device. The number of arguments can be
large for a complex partitioning, but as the partitioning has
to be done in one go it is difficult to make it simpler.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
This adds the erase group size and high-capacity WP group size to
mmcinfo's output. The erase group size is necessary to properly align
erase requests on eMMC. The high-capacity WP group size is necessary
to properly align partitions on eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
This adds output to show the eMMC enhanced user data area size and offset
along with the partition sizes in mmcinfo's output.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
eMMC partitions are defined as of eMMC 4.41, but mmcinfo process
partition info for eMMC >= 4.0, change it to do it for >= 4.41
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
The eMMC spec numbers general purpose partitions starting at 1, but
the mmcinfo output follows the internal numbering which starts at 0.
Make the mmcinfo command output number partitions as in the eMMC
spec to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
This extends the mmcinfo command's output to show which eMMC partitions
have the enhanced attribute set. Note that the eMMC spec says that
if the enhanced attribute is supported then the boot and RPMB
partitions are of the enhanced type.
The output of mmcinfo becomes:
Device: OMAP SD/MMC
Manufacturer ID: fe
OEM: 14e
Name: MMC16
Tran Speed: 52000000
Rd Block Len: 512
MMC version 4.41
High Capacity: Yes
Capacity: 13.8 GiB
Bus Width: 4-bit
User Capacity: 13.8 GiB ENH
Boot Capacity: 16 MiB ENH
RPMB Capacity: 128 KiB ENH
GP1 Capacity: 64 MiB ENH
GP2 Capacity: 64 MiB ENH
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
There is currently no command that will provide an overview of the hardware
partitions present on an eMMC device, one has to switch to every partition
via "mmc dev" and run mmcinfo for each to get the partition's capacity.
This commit adds a few lines of output to mmcinfo with the sizes of the
present partitions, like this:
Device: OMAP SD/MMC
Manufacturer ID: fe
OEM: 14e
Name: MMC16
Tran Speed: 52000000
Rd Block Len: 512
MMC version 4.41
High Capacity: Yes
Capacity: 13.8 GiB
Bus Width: 4-bit
User Capacity: 13.8 GiB
Boot Capacity: 16 MiB
RPMB Capacity: 128 KiB
GP1 Capacity: 64 MiB
GP2 Capacity: 64 MiB
panto: Minor edit removing superfluous parentheses.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
This commit fixes a number of issues with the reset sequence of musb-new
in host mode:
1) Our usb device probe relies on a second device reset being done after the
first descriptors read. Factor the musb reset code into a usb_reset_root_port
function (and add this as an empty define for other controllers), and call
this when a device has no parent.
2) Just like with normal usb controllers there needs to be a delay after
reset, for normal usb controllers, this is handled in hub_port_reset, add a
delay to usb_reset_root_port.
3) Sync the musb reset sequence with the upstream kernel, clear all bits of
power except bits 4-7, and increase the time reset is asserted to 50 ms.
With these fixes an usb keyboard I have now always enumerates properly, where
as earlier it would only enumerare properly once every 5 tries.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Before this commit u-boot would print the following on boot with musb and
no usb device plugged in:
starting USB...
USB0: Port not available.
USB error: all controllers failed lowlevel init
This commit changes this to:
starting USB...
USB0: Port not available.
Which is the correct thing to do since the low-level init went fine.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
When iomuxing is used we must not only deregister the device with stdio.c,
but also remove the reference to the device in the console_devices array
used by console-muxing. Add a call to iomux_doenv to usb_kbd_deregister to
update console_devices, which will drop the reference.
This fixes the console filling with "Failed to enqueue URB to controller"
messages after a "usb stop force", or when the USB keyboard is gone after a
"usb reset".
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Currently create_int_queue is only implemented by the ehci code, and that
does not honor interrupt intervals, but other drivers which might also want
to implement create_int_queue may honor intervals, so add an interval param.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Currently we've this magic in include/config_distro_bootcmd.h to avoid
scanning the usb bus multiple times.
And it does not work when also using an usb keyboard because then the
preboot command has already scanned the bus, so we're still scanning it
twice.
This commit makes "usb start" only start usb if it is no already started,
allowing us to remove all the magic for it from include/config_distro_bootcmd.h
and just call it unconditionally.
This also causes "usb start" and "usb reset" to actually do what their
different names suggest, rather then both of them doing exactly the same.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
If CONFIG_SPL_NOR_SUPPORT is defined, spl_nor_load_image() requires
spl_start_uboot(), CONFIG_SYS_OS_BASE, CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR,
CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE to be defined even if users just want to run
U-Boot, not Linux. This is inconvenient.
This patch is following the codying style of common/spl/spl_nand.c.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Allow booting the OpenRTOS payloads via fitImage image type.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add separate image type for the Wittenstein OpenRTOS .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adjust the code so that the error reporting can all be done at the end,
and is the same for each decompression method. Try to detect when
decompression fails due to lack of space. Keep the behaviour of
resetting on failure even though there should be no memory corruption
now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Refactor to allow this function to be used to announce the image being
loaded regardless of compression type and even when there is no
decompression.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Export this function for testing. Also add a parameter so that values other
than CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN can be used for the maximum uncompressed size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
